Scripture · Sanskrit Bible with the King James Version · the Pāli Canon

Search Scripture Search

Chapters on Legal Topics 3 खन्धक 3

Chapter: 12345678910111213141516171819202122

1. Vassūpanāyikānujānana

Pāli in Devanagari; under each word its Roman pronunciation, syllable by syllable (ṃ = nasal hum). Tap a Pāli word for its meaning (PTS Pāli-English Dictionary); tap again to open it in the Pāli dictionary.

Verse: 123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866867868869870871872873874875876877878879880881882883884885886887888889890891892893894895896897898899900901902903904905906907908909910911912913914915916917918919920921922923 · Hide pronunciation

1. 1

   थेरवादthe·ra·vā·da विनयपिटकvi·na·ya·pi·ṭa·ka

   Theravāda Vinayapiṭaka

   Theravāda Collection on Monastic Law

2. 2

   महावग्गma·hā·vag·ga

   Mahāvagga

   The Great Division

3. 3

   3। वस्सूपनायिकक्खन्धकvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kak·khan·dha·ka

   3. Vassūpanāyikakkhandhaka

   The chapter on entering the rainy-season residence

4. 4

   1। वस्सूपनायिकानुजाननvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā·nu·jā·na·na

   1. Vassūpanāyikānujānana

   1. The instruction to enter the rainy-season residence

5. 5

   तेनte·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti वेळुवनेve·ḷu·va·ne कलन्दकनिवापे।ka·lan·da·ka·ni·vā·pe

   Tena samayena buddho bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.

   At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagaha in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrel sanctuary.

6. 6

   तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भगवताbha·ga·va·tā भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so अपञ्ञत्तोa·pañ·ñat·to होति।ho·ti

   Tena kho pana samayena bhagavatā bhikkhūnaṁ vassāvāso apaññatto hoti.

   At that time the Buddha had not yet laid down the rainy-season residence for the monks.

7. 7

   तेधte·dha भिक्खूbhik·khū हेमन्तम्पिhe·man·tam·pi गिम्हम्पिgim·ham·pi वस्सम्पिvas·sam·pi चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरन्ति।ca·ran·ti

   Tedha bhikkhū hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṁ caranti.

   And so the monks were wandering about in the winter, in the summer, and also during the rainy season.

8. 8

   मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

   Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

   People complained and criticized them,

9. 9

   “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā हेमन्तम्पिhe·man·tam·pi गिम्हम्पिgim·ham·pi वस्सम्पिvas·sam·pi चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरिस्सन्ति,ca·ris·san·ti हरितानिha·ri·tā·ni तिणानिti·ṇā·ni सम्मद्दन्ता,sam·mad·dan·tā एकिन्द्रियंe·kin·dri·yaṃ जीवंjī·vaṃ विहेठेन्ता,vi·he·ṭhen·tā बहूba·hū खुद्दकेkhud·da·ke पाणेpā·ṇe सङ्घातंsaṅ·ghā·taṃ आपादेन्ता।ā·pā·den·tā

   “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṁ carissanti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṁ jīvaṁ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṁ āpādentā.

   “How can the Sakyan monastics go wandering in the winter, in the summer, and even during the rainy season? They’re trampling down the green grass, oppressing one-sensed life, and destroying many small creatures.

10. 10

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma अञ्ञतित्थियाañ·ña·tit·thi·yā दुरक्खातधम्माdu·rak·khā·ta·dham·mā वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ अल्लीयिस्सन्तिal·lī·yis·san·ti सङ्कसायिस्सन्ति।saṅ·ka·sā·yis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṁ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti.

    Even the monastics of other religions, with their flawed teachings, settle down for the rainy season.

11. 11

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma सकुन्तकाsa·kun·ta·kā रुक्खग्गेसुruk·khag·ge·su कुलावकानिku·lā·va·kā·ni करित्वाka·rit·vā वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ अल्लीयिस्सन्तिal·lī·yis·san·ti सङ्कसायिस्सन्ति।saṅ·ka·sā·yis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṁ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti.

    Even birds make a nest in the top of a tree and settle down for the rainy-season.

12. 12

    इमेi·me पनpa·na समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā हेमन्तम्पिhe·man·tam·pi गिम्हम्पिgim·ham·pi वस्सम्पिvas·sam·pi चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरन्ति,ca·ran·ti हरितानिha·ri·tā·ni तिणानिti·ṇā·ni सम्मद्दन्ता,sam·mad·dan·tā एकिन्द्रियंe·kin·dri·yaṃ जीवंjī·vaṃ विहेठेन्ता,vi·he·ṭhen·tā बहूba·hū खुद्दकेkhud·da·ke पाणेpā·ṇe सङ्घातंsaṅ·ghā·taṃ आपादेन्ता”ति।ā·pā·den·tā

    Ime pana samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṁ caranti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṁ jīvaṁ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṁ āpādentā”ti.

    But not so the Sakyan monastics.”

13. 13

    अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū तेसंte·saṃ मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ उज्झायन्तानंuj·jhā·yan·tā·naṃ खिय्यन्तानंkhiy·yan·tā·naṃ विपाचेन्तानं।vi·pā·cen·tā·naṃ

    Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.

    The monks heard the complaints of those people

14. 14

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    and told the Buddha.

15. 15

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Soon afterwards he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:

16. 16

    “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुन्”ति।u·pa·gan·tun

    “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassaṁ upagantun”ti.

    “You should enter the rainy-season residence.”

17. 17

    अथa·tha खोkho भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—

    The monks thought,

18. 18

    “कदाka·dā नुnu खोkho वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बन्”ति?u·pa·gan·tab·ban

    “kadā nu kho vassaṁ upagantabban”ti?

    “When should we enter the rains residence?”

19. 19

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

20. 20

    “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सानेvas·sā·ne वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुन्”ति।u·pa·gan·tun

    “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassāne vassaṁ upagantun”ti.

    “You should enter the rainy-season residence during the rainy season.”

21. 21

    अथa·tha खोkho भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

    Atha kho bhikkhūnaṁ etadahosi—

    The monks thought,

22. 22

    “कतिka·ti नुnu खोkho वस्सूपनायिका”ति?vas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā

    “kati nu kho vassūpanāyikā”ti?

    “How many entries to the rains residence are there?”

23. 23

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    (Pāli only)

24. 24

    “द्वेमा,dve·mā भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपनायिका—vas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā

    “Dvemā, bhikkhave, vassūpanāyikā—

    “There are two entries to the rainy-season residence:

25. 25

    पुरिमिका,pu·ri·mi·kā पच्छिमिका।pac·chi·mi·kā

    purimikā, pacchimikā.

    the first and the second.

26. 26

    अपरज्जुगतायa·pa·raj·ju·ga·tā·ya आसाळ्हियाā·sā·ḷhi·yā पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā उपगन्तब्बा,u·pa·gan·tab·bā मासगतायmā·sa·ga·tā·ya आसाळ्हियाā·sā·ḷhi·yā पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā उपगन्तब्बा—u·pa·gan·tab·bā

    Aparajjugatāya āsāḷhiyā purimikā upagantabbā, māsagatāya āsāḷhiyā pacchimikā upagantabbā—

    The first should be entered on the day after the full moon of July and the second one month after the same full moon.”

27. 27

    इमाi·mā खो,kho भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve द्वेdve वस्सूपनायिका”ति।vas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā

    imā kho, bhikkhave, dve vassūpanāyikā”ti.

    (Pāli only)

28. 28

    2। वस्सानेचारिकापटिक्खेपादिvas·sā·ne·cā·ri·kā·pa·ṭik·khe·pā·di

    2. Vassānecārikāpaṭikkhepādi

    2. The prohibition against wandering during the rainy season, etc.

29. 29

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्त्वाu·pa·gan·tvā अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरन्ति।ca·ran·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṁ upagantvā antarāvassaṁ cārikaṁ caranti.

    Soon afterwards the monks from the group of six entered the rains residence and then went wandering during the rainy season.

30. 30

    मनुस्साma·nus·sā तथेवta·the·va उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Manussā tatheva ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    People complained and criticized them

31. 31

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā हेमन्तम्पिhe·man·tam·pi गिम्हम्पिgim·ham·pi वस्सम्पिvas·sam·pi चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरिस्सन्ति,ca·ris·san·ti हरितानिha·ri·tā·ni तिणानिti·ṇā·ni सम्मद्दन्ता,sam·mad·dan·tā एकिन्द्रियंe·kin·dri·yaṃ जीवंjī·vaṃ विहेठेन्ता,vi·he·ṭhen·tā बहूba·hū खुद्दकेkhud·da·ke पाणेpā·ṇe सङ्घातंsaṅ·ghā·taṃ आपादेन्ता।ā·pā·den·tā

    “kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṁ carissanti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṁ jīvaṁ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṁ āpādentā.

    just as they had before.

32. 32

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma अञ्ञतित्थियाañ·ña·tit·thi·yā दुरक्खातधम्माdu·rak·khā·ta·dham·mā वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ अल्लीयिस्सन्तिal·lī·yis·san·ti सङ्कसायिस्सन्ति।saṅ·ka·sā·yis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma aññatitthiyā durakkhātadhammā vassāvāsaṁ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti.

    (Pāli only)

33. 33

    इमेi·me हिhi नामnā·ma सकुन्तकाsa·kun·ta·kā रुक्खग्गेसुruk·khag·ge·su कुलावकानिku·lā·va·kā·ni करित्वाka·rit·vā वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ अल्लीयिस्सन्तिal·lī·yis·san·ti सङ्कसायिस्सन्ति।saṅ·ka·sā·yis·san·ti

    Ime hi nāma sakuntakā rukkhaggesu kulāvakāni karitvā vassāvāsaṁ allīyissanti saṅkasāyissanti.

    (Pāli only)

34. 34

    इमेi·me पनpa·na समणाsa·ma·ṇā सक्यपुत्तियाsak·ya·put·ti·yā हेमन्तम्पिhe·man·tam·pi गिम्हम्पिgim·ham·pi वस्सम्पिvas·sam·pi चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरन्ति,ca·ran·ti हरितानिha·ri·tā·ni तिणानिti·ṇā·ni सम्मद्दन्ता,sam·mad·dan·tā एकिन्द्रियंe·kin·dri·yaṃ जीवंjī·vaṃ विहेठेन्ता,vi·he·ṭhen·tā बहूba·hū खुद्दकेkhud·da·ke पाणेpā·ṇe सङ्घातंsaṅ·ghā·taṃ आपादेन्ता”ति।ā·pā·den·tā

    Ime pana samaṇā sakyaputtiyā hemantampi gimhampi vassampi cārikaṁ caranti, haritāni tiṇāni sammaddantā, ekindriyaṁ jīvaṁ viheṭhentā, bahū khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṁ āpādentā”ti.

    (Pāli only)

35. 35

    अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū तेसंte·saṃ मनुस्सानंma·nus·sā·naṃ उज्झायन्तानंuj·jhā·yan·tā·naṃ खिय्यन्तानंkhiy·yan·tā·naṃ विपाचेन्तानं।vi·pā·cen·tā·naṃ

    Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū tesaṁ manussānaṁ ujjhāyantānaṁ khiyyantānaṁ vipācentānaṁ.

    The monks heard the complaints of those people

36. 36

    येye तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū अप्पिच्छाap·pic·chā …पे…pe तेte उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

    Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

    and the monks of few desires complained and criticized them,

37. 37

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्त्वाu·pa·gan·tvā अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरिस्सन्ती”ति?ca·ris·san·tī

    “kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū vassaṁ upagantvā antarāvassaṁ cārikaṁ carissantī”ti?

    “How could the monks from the group of six enter the rains residence and then go wandering during the rainy season?”

38. 38

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …पे…pe

    Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

    And they told the Buddha.

39. 39

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Soon afterwards he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:

40. 40

    “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्त्वाu·pa·gan·tvā पुरिमंpu·ri·maṃ वाvā तेमासंte·mā·saṃ पच्छिमंpac·chi·maṃ वाvā तेमासंte·mā·saṃ अवसित्वाa·va·sit·vā चारिकाcā·ri·kā पक्कमितब्बा।pak·ka·mi·tab·bā

    “na, bhikkhave, vassaṁ upagantvā purimaṁ vā temāsaṁ pacchimaṁ vā temāsaṁ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā.

    “After entering the rainy-season residence, you should stay put for the first or the second three-month period before you go wandering.

41. 41

    योyo पक्कमेय्य,pak·ka·mey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Yo pakkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    If you go wandering during the rainy-season residence period, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

42. 42

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū नna इच्छन्तिic·chan·ti वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुं।u·pa·gan·tuṃ

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū na icchanti vassaṁ upagantuṁ.

    The monks from the group of six did not want to enter the rains residence.

43. 43

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    (Pāli only)

44. 44

    “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्संvas·saṃ नna उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

    “Na, bhikkhave, vassaṁ na upagantabbaṁ.

    “You should enter the rainy-season residence.

45. 45

    योyo नna उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Yo na upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    If you don’t, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

46. 46

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na छब्बग्गियाchab·bag·gi·yā भिक्खूbhik·khū तदहुta·da·hu वस्सूपनायिकायvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā·ya वस्संvas·saṃ अनुपगन्तुकामाa·nu·pa·gan·tu·kā·mā सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca आवासंā·vā·saṃ अतिक्कमन्ति।a·tik·ka·man·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū tadahu vassūpanāyikāya vassaṁ anupagantukāmā sañcicca āvāsaṁ atikkamanti.

    On the day of the entry to the rains residence, the monks from the group of six deliberately bypassed a monastery because they did not want to enter the rains residence.

47. 47

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    (Pāli only)

48. 48

    “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve तदहुta·da·hu वस्सूपनायिकायvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā·ya वस्संvas·saṃ अनुपगन्तुकामेनa·nu·pa·gan·tu·kā·me·na सञ्चिच्चsañ·cic·ca आवासोā·vā·so अतिक्कमितब्बो।a·tik·ka·mi·tab·bo

    “Na, bhikkhave, tadahu vassūpanāyikāya vassaṁ anupagantukāmena sañcicca āvāso atikkamitabbo.

    “On the day of the entry to the rainy-season residence, you shouldn’t deliberately bypass a monastery because you don’t want to enter the rainy-season residence.

49. 49

    योyo अतिक्कमेय्य,a·tik·ka·mey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

    Yo atikkameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

    If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

50. 50

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na राजाrā·jā मागधोmā·ga·dho सेनियोse·ni·yo बिम्बिसारोbim·bi·sā·ro वस्संvas·saṃ उक्कड्ढितुकामोuk·kaḍ·ḍhi·tu·kā·mo भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पाहेसि—pā·he·si

    Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vassaṁ ukkaḍḍhitukāmo bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—

    At one time King Seniya Bimbisāra of Magadha wanted to postpone the rains residence. He sent a message to the monks:

51. 51

    “यदिya·di पनाय्याpa·nāy·yā आगमेā·ga·me जुण्हेjuṇ·he वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छेय्युन्”ति।u·pa·gac·chey·yun

    “yadi panāyyā āgame juṇhe vassaṁ upagaccheyyun”ti.

    “Would the venerables please enter the rains residence during the next waxing phase of the moon?”

52. 52

    भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    They told the Buddha.

53. 53

    “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve राजूनंrā·jū·naṃ अनुवत्तितुन्”ति।a·nu·vat·ti·tun

    “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, rājūnaṁ anuvattitun”ti.

    “You should comply with the wishes of kings.”

54. 54

    3। सत्ताहकरणीयानुजाननsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·yā·nu·jā·na·na

    3. Sattāhakaraṇīyānujānana

    3. The allowance for seven-day business

55. 55

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā राजगहेrā·ja·ga·he यथाभिरन्तंya·thā·bhi·ran·taṃ विहरित्वाvi·ha·rit·vā येनye·na सावत्थिsā·vat·thi तेनte·na चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ पक्कामि।pak·kā·mi

    Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṁ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṁ pakkāmi.

    When the Buddha had stayed at Rājagaha for as long as he liked, he set out wandering toward Sāvatthī.

56. 56

    अनुपुब्बेनa·nu·pub·be·na चारिकंcā·ri·kaṃ चरमानोca·ra·mā·no येनye·na सावत्थिsā·vat·thi तदवसरि।ta·da·va·sa·ri

    Anupubbena cārikaṁ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari.

    When he eventually arrived,

57. 57

    तत्रtat·ra सुदंsu·daṃ भगवाbha·ga·vā सावत्थियंsā·vat·thi·yaṃ विहरतिvi·ha·ra·ti जेतवनेje·ta·va·ne अनाथपिण्डिकस्सa·nā·tha·piṇ·ḍi·kas·sa आरामे।ā·rā·me

    Tatra sudaṁ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṁ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.

    he stayed in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s Monastery.

58. 58

    तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na कोसलेसुko·sa·le·su जनपदेja·na·pa·de उदेनेनu·de·ne·na उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होति।ho·ti

    Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade udenena upāsakena saṅghaṁ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti.

    At that time the lay follower Udena had had a dwelling built for the Sangha in the Kosalan country.

59. 59

    सोso भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पाहेसि—pā·he·si

    So bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—

    He sent a message to the monks:

60. 60

    “आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्”ति।pas·si·tun

    “āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun”ti.

    “Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.”

61. 61

    भिक्खूbhik·khū एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

    Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—

    The monks replied,

62. 62

    “भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā आवुसो,ā·vu·so पञ्ञत्तं—pañ·ñat·taṃ

    “bhagavatā, āvuso, paññattaṁ—

    “The Buddha has laid down a rule

63. 63

    ‘नna वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्त्वाu·pa·gan·tvā पुरिमंpu·ri·maṃ वाvā तेमासंte·mā·saṃ पच्छिमंpac·chi·maṃ वाvā तेमासंte·mā·saṃ अवसित्वाa·va·sit·vā चारिकाcā·ri·kā पक्कमितब्बा’ति।pak·ka·mi·tab·bā

    ‘na vassaṁ upagantvā purimaṁ vā temāsaṁ pacchimaṁ vā temāsaṁ avasitvā cārikā pakkamitabbā’ti.

    that a monk who’s entered the rains residence shouldn’t go wandering until after the rains.

64. 64

    आगमेतुā·ga·me·tu उदेनोu·de·no उपासको,u·pā·sa·ko यावyā·va भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ वसन्ति।va·san·ti

    Āgametu udeno upāsako, yāva bhikkhū vassaṁ vasanti.

    Please wait, Udena.

65. 65

    वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā आगमिस्सन्ति।ā·ga·mis·san·ti

    Vassaṁvuṭṭhā āgamissanti.

    Once we’ve completed the rains residence, we’ll come.

66. 66

    सचेsa·ce पनस्सpa·nas·sa अच्चायिकंac·cā·yi·kaṃ करणीयं,ka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ तत्थेवtat·the·va आवासिकानंā·vā·si·kā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke विहारंvi·hā·raṃ पतिट्ठापेतू”ति।pa·tiṭ·ṭhā·pe·tū

    Sace panassa accāyikaṁ karaṇīyaṁ, tattheva āvāsikānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ santike vihāraṁ patiṭṭhāpetū”ti.

    But if the matter is urgent, then give the dwelling in the presence of the local monks.”

67. 67

    उदेनोu·de·no उपासकोu·pā·sa·ko उज्झायतिuj·jhā·ya·ti खिय्यतिkhiy·ya·ti विपाचेति—vi·pā·ce·ti

    Udeno upāsako ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—

    Udena complained and criticized them,

68. 68

    “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma भदन्ताbha·dan·tā मयाma·yā पहितेpa·hi·te नna आगच्छिस्सन्ति।ā·gac·chis·san·ti

    “kathañhi nāma bhadantā mayā pahite na āgacchissanti.

    “How can the venerables not come when I’ve sent them a message?

69. 69

    अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi दायकोdā·ya·ko कारकोkā·ra·ko सङ्घुपट्ठाको”ति।saṅ·ghu·paṭ·ṭhā·ko

    Ahañhi dāyako kārako saṅghupaṭṭhāko”ti.

    I’m a donor and I provide services. I’m a supporter of the Sangha!”

70. 70

    अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū उदेनस्सu·de·nas·sa उपासकस्सu·pā·sa·kas·sa उज्झायन्तस्सuj·jhā·yan·tas·sa खिय्यन्तस्सkhiy·yan·tas·sa विपाचेन्तस्स।vi·pā·cen·tas·sa

    Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū udenassa upāsakassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa.

    The monks heard his complaints

71. 71

    अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

    Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

    and they told the Buddha.

72. 72

    अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

    Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

    Soon afterwards he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:

73. 73

    “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहितेpa·hi·te गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

    “anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sattannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṁ, na tveva appahite.

    “If any of seven kinds of persons—

74. 74

    भिक्खुस्स,bhik·khus·sa भिक्खुनिया,bhik·khu·ni·yā सिक्खमानाय,sik·kha·mā·nā·ya सामणेरस्स,sā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa सामणेरिया,sā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā उपासकस्स,u·pā·sa·kas·sa उपासिकाय—u·pā·si·kā·ya

    Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā, upāsakassa, upāsikāya—

    a monk, a nun, a trainee nun, a novice monk, a novice nun, a male lay follower, or a female lay follower—

75. 75

    अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमेसंi·me·saṃ सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहितेpa·hi·te गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

    anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṁ sattannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṁ, na tveva appahite.

    asks you to come, I allow you to go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

76. 76

    सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

    Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

    And you should return within seven days.”

77. 77

    Male lay followers

78. 78

    इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होति।ho·ti

    Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena saṅghaṁ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti.

    “It may happen, monks, that a male lay follower has had a dwelling built for the Sangha

79. 79

    सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

    So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

    and sends a message to the monks:

80. 80

    ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

    ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

    ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

81. 81

    सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

    Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

    And you should return within seven days.

82. 82

    इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अड्ढयोगोaḍ·ḍha·yo·go कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe

    Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena saṅghaṁ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti …pe…

    It may happen that a male lay follower has had a stilt house built for the Sangha,

83. 83

    पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

    pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

    (Pāli only)

84. 84

    हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

    hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

    (Pāli only)

85. 85

    गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    guhā kārāpitā hoti …

    has had a cave built,

86. 86

    परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

    pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

    a yard,

87. 87

    कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

    koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

    a gatehouse,

88. 88

    उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

    an assembly hall,

89. 89

    अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

    a water-boiling shed,

90. 90

    कप्पियकुटिkap·pi·ya·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

    a food-storage hut,

91. 91

    वच्चकुटिvac·ca·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

    a restroom,

92. 92

    चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

    caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

    a walking-meditation path,

93. 93

    चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

    an indoor walking-meditation path,

94. 94

    उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

    udapāno kārāpito hoti …

    a well,

95. 95

    उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

    a well house,

96. 96

    जन्ताघरंjan·tā·gha·raṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

    jantāgharaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

    a sauna,

97. 97

    जन्ताघरसालाjan·tā·gha·ra·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    jantāgharasālā kārāpitā hoti …

    a sauna shed,

98. 98

    पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

    pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

    a pond,

99. 99

    मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

    maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

    a roof cover,

100. 100

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a monastery,

101. 101

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti.

     or has had a site for a monastery prepared for the Sangha,

102. 102

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to the monks:

103. 103

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

104. 104

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

105. 105

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le भिक्खूbhik·khū उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena sambahule bhikkhū uddissa …pe…

     It may happen that a male lay follower has had a dwelling built for a number of monks …

106. 106

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti …pe…

     has had a dwelling built for a single monk,

107. 107

     अड्ढयोगोaḍ·ḍha·yo·go कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti …

     has had a stilt house built,

108. 108

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

109. 109

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

110. 110

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     a cave,

111. 111

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

112. 112

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

113. 113

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

114. 114

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

115. 115

     कप्पियकुटिkap·pi·ya·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a food-storage hut,

116. 116

     वच्चकुटिvac·ca·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a restroom,

117. 117

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

118. 118

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

119. 119

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

120. 120

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

121. 121

     जन्ताघरंjan·tā·gha·raṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     jantāgharaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a sauna,

122. 122

     जन्ताघरसालाjan·tā·gha·ra·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     jantāgharasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a sauna shed,

123. 123

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

124. 124

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof cover,

125. 125

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a monastery,

126. 126

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti.

     or has had a site for a monastery prepared,

127. 127

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to the monks:

128. 128

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

129. 129

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

130. 130

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na भिक्खुनिसङ्घंbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena bhikkhunisaṅghaṁ uddissa …pe…

     It may happen that a male lay follower has had a dwelling built for the Sangha of nuns,

131. 131

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of nuns,

132. 132

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ bhikkhuniṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single nun,

133. 133

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सिक्खमानायोsik·kha·mā·nā·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of trainee nuns,

134. 134

     एकंe·kaṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ sikkhamānaṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single trainee nun,

135. 135

     सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le सामणेरेsā·ma·ṇe·re उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa …pe…

     for a number of novice monks,

136. 136

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरंsā·ma·ṇe·raṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeraṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single novice monk,

137. 137

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सामणेरियोsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of novice nuns,

138. 138

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरिंsā·ma·ṇe·riṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeriṁ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti …pe…

     or has had a dwelling built for a single novice nun …

139. 139

     अड्ढयोगोaḍ·ḍha·yo·go कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti …

     or has had a stilt house built,

140. 140

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

141. 141

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

142. 142

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     a cave,

143. 143

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

144. 144

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

145. 145

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

146. 146

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

147. 147

     कप्पियकुटिkap·pi·ya·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a food-storage hut,

148. 148

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

149. 149

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

150. 150

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

151. 151

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

152. 152

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

153. 153

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof-cover,

154. 154

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a monastery,

155. 155

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti.

     or has had a site for a monastery prepared,

156. 156

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to the monks:

157. 157

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

158. 158

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

159. 159

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya निवेसनंni·ve·sa·naṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsakena attano atthāya nivesanaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …pe…

     It may happen that a male lay follower has had a house built for himself,

160. 160

     सयनिघरंsa·ya·ni·gha·raṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     sayanigharaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     has had a bedroom,

161. 161

     उदोसितोu·do·si·to कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udosito kārāpito hoti …

     a storehouse,

162. 162

     अट्टोaṭ·ṭo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     aṭṭo kārāpito hoti …

     a watchtower,

163. 163

     माळोmā·ḷo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     māḷo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

164. 164

     आपणोā·pa·ṇo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     āpaṇo kārāpito hoti …

     a stall,

165. 165

     आपणसालाā·pa·ṇa·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     āpaṇasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a shop,

166. 166

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     a stilt house,

167. 167

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

168. 168

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     a cave,

169. 169

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

170. 170

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

171. 171

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

172. 172

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

173. 173

     रसवतीra·sa·va·tī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     rasavatī kārāpitā hoti …

     a kitchen,

174. 174

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

175. 175

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

176. 176

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

177. 177

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

178. 178

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

179. 179

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof cover,

180. 180

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a park,

181. 181

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     or has had a site for a park prepared for himself;

182. 182

     पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa वाvā वारेय्यंvā·rey·yaṃ होतिho·ti …

     puttassa vā vāreyyaṁ hoti …

     or his son is getting married,

183. 183

     धीतुयाdhī·tu·yā वाvā वारेय्यंvā·rey·yaṃ होतिho·ti …

     dhītuyā vā vāreyyaṁ hoti …

     or his daughter is getting married,

184. 184

     गिलानोgi·lā·no वाvā होतिho·ti …

     gilāno vā hoti …

     or he is sick,

185. 185

     अभिञ्ञातंa·bhiñ·ñā·taṃ वाvā सुत्तन्तंsut·tan·taṃ भणति।bha·ṇa·ti

     abhiññātaṁ vā suttantaṁ bhaṇati.

     or he knows a discourse.

186. 186

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     If he then sends a message to the monks:

187. 187

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इमंi·maṃ सुत्तन्तंsut·tan·taṃ परियापुणिस्सन्ति,pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇis·san·ti पुरायंpu·rā·yaṃ सुत्तन्तोsut·tan·to पलुज्जती’ति।pa·luj·ja·tī

     ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, imaṁ suttantaṁ pariyāpuṇissanti, purāyaṁ suttanto palujjatī’ti.

     ‘Please come, venerables, and learn this discourse before it disappears,’

188. 188

     अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā पनस्सpa·nas·sa किच्चंkic·caṃ होति—करणीयंho·ti वा,vā सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Aññataraṁ vā panassa kiccaṁ hoti—karaṇīyaṁ vā, so ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     or he has some duty or business and sends a message to the monks:

189. 189

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks,’ you should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

190. 190

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.”

191. 191

     Female lay followers, etc.

192. 192

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासिकायu·pā·si·kā·ya सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya saṅghaṁ uddissa vihāro kārāpito hoti.

     “It may happen that a female lay follower has had a dwelling built for the Sangha

193. 193

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to the monks:

194. 194

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

195. 195

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

196. 196

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासिकायu·pā·si·kā·ya सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa अड्ढयोगोaḍ·ḍha·yo·go कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya saṅghaṁ uddissa aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti …pe…

     It may happen that a female lay follower has had a stilt house built for the Sangha,

197. 197

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

198. 198

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

199. 199

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     has had a cave built,

200. 200

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

201. 201

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

202. 202

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

203. 203

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

204. 204

     कप्पियकुटिkap·pi·ya·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a food-storage hut,

205. 205

     वच्चकुटिvac·ca·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     vaccakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a restroom,

206. 206

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

207. 207

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

208. 208

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

209. 209

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

210. 210

     जन्ताघरंjan·tā·gha·raṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     jantāgharaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a sauna,

211. 211

     जन्ताघरसालाjan·tā·gha·ra·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     jantāgharasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a sauna shed,

212. 212

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

213. 213

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof cover,

214. 214

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a monastery,

215. 215

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti.

     or has had a site for a monastery prepared for the Sangha

216. 216

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to the monks:

217. 217

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

218. 218

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

219. 219

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासिकायu·pā·si·kā·ya सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le भिक्खूbhik·khū उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya sambahule bhikkhū uddissa …pe…

     It may happen that a female lay follower has had a dwelling built for a number of monks,

220. 220

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single monk,

221. 221

     भिक्खुनिसङ्घंbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     bhikkhunisaṅghaṁ uddissa …pe…

     for the Sangha of nuns,

222. 222

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of nuns,

223. 223

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ bhikkhuniṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single nun,

224. 224

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सिक्खमानायोsik·kha·mā·nā·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of trainee nuns,

225. 225

     एकंe·kaṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ sikkhamānaṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single trainee nun,

226. 226

     सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le सामणेरेsā·ma·ṇe·re उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa …pe…

     for a number of novice monks,

227. 227

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरंsā·ma·ṇe·raṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeraṁ uddissa …pe…

     for a single novice monk,

228. 228

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सामणेरियोsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa …pe…

     for a number of novice nuns,

229. 229

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरिंsā·ma·ṇe·riṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…।pe

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeriṁ uddissa …pe….

     or for a single novice nun …

230. 230

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve उपासिकायu·pā·si·kā·ya अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya निवेसनंni·ve·sa·naṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, upāsikāya attano atthāya nivesanaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …pe…

     It may happen that a female lay follower has had a house built for herself,

231. 231

     सयनिघरंsa·ya·ni·gha·raṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     sayanigharaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     has had a bedroom,

232. 232

     उदोसितोu·do·si·to कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udosito kārāpito hoti …

     a storehouse,

233. 233

     अट्टोaṭ·ṭo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     aṭṭo kārāpito hoti …

     a watchtower,

234. 234

     माळोmā·ḷo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     māḷo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

235. 235

     आपणोā·pa·ṇo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     āpaṇo kārāpito hoti …

     a stall,

236. 236

     आपणसालाā·pa·ṇa·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     āpaṇasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a shop,

237. 237

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     a stilt house,

238. 238

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

239. 239

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     a cave,

240. 240

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

241. 241

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

242. 242

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

243. 243

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

244. 244

     रसवतीra·sa·va·tī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     rasavatī kārāpitā hoti …

     a kitchen,

245. 245

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

246. 246

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

247. 247

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

248. 248

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

249. 249

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

250. 250

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof cover,

251. 251

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a park,

252. 252

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     or has had a site for a park prepared for herself;

253. 253

     पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa वाvā वारेय्यंvā·rey·yaṃ होतिho·ti …

     puttassa vā vāreyyaṁ hoti …

     or her son is getting married,

254. 254

     धीतुयाdhī·tu·yā वाvā वारेय्यंvā·rey·yaṃ होतिho·ti …

     dhītuyā vā vāreyyaṁ hoti …

     or her daughter is getting married,

255. 255

     गिलानाgi·lā·nā वाvā होतिho·ti …

     gilānā vā hoti …

     or she is sick,

256. 256

     अभिञ्ञातंa·bhiñ·ñā·taṃ वाvā सुत्तन्तंsut·tan·taṃ भणति।bha·ṇa·ti

     abhiññātaṁ vā suttantaṁ bhaṇati.

     or she knows a discourse.

257. 257

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     If she then sends a message to the monks:

258. 258

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इमंi·maṃ सुत्तन्तंsut·tan·taṃ परियापुणिस्सन्ति,pa·ri·yā·pu·ṇis·san·ti पुरायंpu·rā·yaṃ सुत्तन्तोsut·tan·to पलुज्जती’ति।pa·luj·ja·tī

     ‘āgacchantu ayyā, imaṁ suttantaṁ pariyāpuṇissanti, purāyaṁ suttanto palujjatī’ti.

     ‘Please come, venerables, and learn this discourse before it disappears,’

259. 259

     अञ्ञतरंañ·ña·ta·raṃ वाvā पनस्साpa·nas·sā किच्चंkic·caṃ होतिho·ti करणीयंka·ra·ṇī·yaṃ वा,vā साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Aññataraṁ vā panassā kiccaṁ hoti karaṇīyaṁ vā, sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     or she has some duty or business and sends a message to the monks:

260. 260

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks,’ you should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

261. 261

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

262. 262

     Others send a message

263. 263

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā saṅghaṁ uddissa …pe…

     It may happen that a monk,

264. 264

     भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     bhikkhuniyā saṅghaṁ uddissa …

     a nun,

265. 265

     सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sikkhamānāya saṅghaṁ uddissa …

     a trainee nun,

266. 266

     सामणेरेनsā·ma·ṇe·re·na सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sāmaṇerena saṅghaṁ uddissa …

     a novice monk,

267. 267

     सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā सङ्घंsaṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sāmaṇeriyā saṅghaṁ uddissa …

     or a novice nun has had a dwelling built for the Sangha …

268. 268

     सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le भिक्खूbhik·khū उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sambahule bhikkhū uddissa …

     for a number of monks,

269. 269

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     ekaṁ bhikkhuṁ uddissa …

     for a single monk,

270. 270

     भिक्खुनिसङ्घंbhik·khu·ni·saṅ·ghaṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     bhikkhunisaṅghaṁ uddissa …

     for the Sangha of nuns,

271. 271

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sambahulā bhikkhuniyo uddissa …

     for a number of nuns,

272. 272

     एकंe·kaṃ भिक्खुनिंbhik·khu·niṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     ekaṁ bhikkhuniṁ uddissa …

     for a single nun,

273. 273

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सिक्खमानायोsik·kha·mā·nā·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sambahulā sikkhamānāyo uddissa …

     for a number of trainee nuns,

274. 274

     एकंe·kaṃ सिक्खमानंsik·kha·mā·naṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     ekaṁ sikkhamānaṁ uddissa …

     for a single trainee nun,

275. 275

     सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le सामणेरेsā·ma·ṇe·re उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sambahule sāmaṇere uddissa …

     for a number of novice monks,

276. 276

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरंsā·ma·ṇe·raṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeraṁ uddissa …

     for a single novice monk,

277. 277

     सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā सामणेरियोsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yo उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     sambahulā sāmaṇeriyo uddissa …

     for a number of novice nuns,

278. 278

     एकंe·kaṃ सामणेरिंsā·ma·ṇe·riṃ उद्दिस्सud·dis·sa …

     ekaṁ sāmaṇeriṁ uddissa …

     or for a single novice nun …

279. 279

     अत्तनोat·ta·no अत्थायat·thā·ya विहारोvi·hā·ro कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     attano atthāya vihāro kārāpito hoti …pe…

     or she’s had a dwelling built for herself,

280. 280

     अड्ढयोगोaḍ·ḍha·yo·go कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     aḍḍhayogo kārāpito hoti …

     has had a stilt house built,

281. 281

     पासादोpā·sā·do कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     pāsādo kārāpito hoti …

     (Pāli only)

282. 282

     हम्मियंham·mi·yaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     hammiyaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     (Pāli only)

283. 283

     गुहाgu·hā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     guhā kārāpitā hoti …

     a cave,

284. 284

     परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होतिho·ti …

     pariveṇaṁ kārāpitaṁ hoti …

     a yard,

285. 285

     कोट्ठकोkoṭ·ṭha·ko कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     koṭṭhako kārāpito hoti …

     a gatehouse,

286. 286

     उपट्ठानसालाu·paṭ·ṭhā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     upaṭṭhānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an assembly hall,

287. 287

     अग्गिसालाag·gi·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     aggisālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a water-boiling shed,

288. 288

     कप्पियकुटिkap·pi·ya·ku·ṭi कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     kappiyakuṭi kārāpitā hoti …

     a food-storage hut,

289. 289

     चङ्कमोcaṅ·ka·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamo kārāpito hoti …

     a walking-meditation path,

290. 290

     चङ्कमनसालाcaṅ·ka·ma·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     caṅkamanasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     an indoor walking-meditation path,

291. 291

     उदपानोu·da·pā·no कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     udapāno kārāpito hoti …

     a well,

292. 292

     उदपानसालाu·da·pā·na·sā·lā कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     udapānasālā kārāpitā hoti …

     a well house,

293. 293

     पोक्खरणीpok·kha·ra·ṇī कारापिताkā·rā·pi·tā होतिho·ti …

     pokkharaṇī kārāpitā hoti …

     a pond,

294. 294

     मण्डपोmaṇ·ḍa·po कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     maṇḍapo kārāpito hoti …

     a roof-cover,

295. 295

     आरामोā·rā·mo कारापितोkā·rā·pi·to होतिho·ti …

     ārāmo kārāpito hoti …

     a monastery,

296. 296

     आरामवत्थुā·rā·ma·vat·thu कारापितंkā·rā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     ārāmavatthu kārāpitaṁ hoti.

     or has had a site for a monastery prepared for herself.

297. 297

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्यpa·hi·ṇey·ya …

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya …

     If she then sends a message to the monks:

298. 298

     ‘आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi दानञ्चdā·nañ·ca दातुं,dā·tuṃ धम्मञ्चdham·mañ·ca सोतुं,so·tuṃ भिक्खूbhik·khū चca पस्सितुन्’ति,pas·si·tun गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi dānañca dātuṁ, dhammañca sotuṁ, bhikkhū ca passitun’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I wish to make an offering, hear the Teaching, and see the monks,’ you should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

299. 299

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो”ति।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo”ti.

     And you should return within seven days.”

300. 300

     4। पञ्चन्नंअप्पहितेपिअनुजाननpañ·can·naṃ·ap·pa·hi·te·pi·a·nu·jā·na·na

     4. Pañcannaṁappahitepianujānana

     4. The allowance to go to any of five kinds of persons even if not asked

301. 301

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

     On one occasion a certain monk was sick.

302. 302

     सोso भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पाहेसि—pā·he·si

     So bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—

     He sent a message to the monks:

303. 303

     “अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्”ति।ā·ga·tan

     “ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan”ti.

     “Please come, venerables, I’m sick.”

304. 304

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

305. 305

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve पञ्चन्नंpañ·can·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपिap·pa·hi·te·pi गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते।pa·hi·te

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṁ, pageva pahite.

     “Even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, I allow you to go for seven days to any of five kinds of persons—

306. 306

     भिक्खुस्स,bhik·khus·sa भिक्खुनिया,bhik·khu·ni·yā सिक्खमानाय,sik·kha·mā·nā·ya सामणेरस्स,sā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa सामणेरिया—sā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā

     Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā—

     a monk, a nun, a trainee nun, a novice monk, or a novice nun.

307. 307

     अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमेसंi·me·saṃ पञ्चन्नंpañ·can·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपिap·pa·hi·te·pi गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते।pa·hi·te

     anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṁ pañcannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṁ, pageva pahite.

     (Pāli only)

308. 308

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.”

309. 309

     A monk sending a message

310. 310

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilāno hoti.

     “It may be that a sick monk

311. 311

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

312. 312

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

313. 313

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about his sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse him.’

314. 314

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

315. 315

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa anabhirati uppannā hoti.

     It may be that a monk who is discontent with the spiritual life

316. 316

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

317. 317

     ‘अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti मेme उप्पन्ना,up·pan·nā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m discontent with the spiritual life.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

318. 318

     ‘अनभिरतंa·na·bhi·ra·taṃ वूपकासेस्सामिvū·pa·kā·ses·sā·mi वा,vā वूपकासापेस्सामिvū·pa·kā·sā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्सvās·sa करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘anabhirataṁ vūpakāsessāmi vā, vūpakāsāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssa karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll allay his discontent,’ ‘I’ll find someone to allay his discontent’, or ‘I’ll give him a teaching.’

319. 319

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

320. 320

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti.

     It may be that an anxious monk

321. 321

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

322. 322

     ‘कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ मेme उप्पन्नं,up·pan·naṃ आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘kukkuccaṁ me uppannaṁ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m anxious.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

323. 323

     ‘कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ विनोदेस्सामिvi·no·des·sā·mi वा,vā विनोदापेस्सामिvi·no·dā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्सvās·sa करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘kukkuccaṁ vinodessāmi vā, vinodāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssa karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll dispel his anxiety,’ ‘I’ll find someone to dispel his anxiety,’ or ‘I’ll give him a teaching.’

324. 324

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

325. 325

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti.

     It may be that a monk who has wrong view

326. 326

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

327. 327

     ‘दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ मेme उप्पन्नं,up·pan·naṃ आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘diṭṭhigataṁ me uppannaṁ, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I have wrong view.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

328. 328

     ‘दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ विवेचेस्सामिvi·ve·ces·sā·mi वा,vā विवेचापेस्सामिvi·ve·cā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्सvās·sa करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘diṭṭhigataṁ vivecessāmi vā, vivecāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssa karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make him give up that wrong view,’ ‘I’ll get someone to make him give up that wrong view,’ or ‘I’ll give him a teaching.’

329. 329

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

330. 330

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu गरुधम्मंga·ru·dham·maṃ अज्झापन्नोaj·jhā·pan·no होतिho·ti परिवासारहो।pa·ri·vā·sā·ra·ho

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho.

     It may be that a monk who has committed a heavy offense for which he deserves to be given probation

331. 331

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

332. 332

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गरुधम्मंga·ru·dham·maṃ अज्झापन्नोaj·jhā·pan·no परिवासारहो,pa·ri·vā·sā·ra·ho आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi garudhammaṁ ajjhāpanno parivāsāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’ve committed a heavy offense for which I deserve to be given probation.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

333. 333

     ‘परिवासदानंpa·ri·vā·sa·dā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘parivāsadānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get him given probation,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

334. 334

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

335. 335

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu मूलायपटिकस्सनारहोmū·lā·ya·pa·ṭi·kas·sa·nā·ra·ho होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho hoti.

     It may be that a monk who deserves to be sent back to the beginning

336. 336

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

337. 337

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi मूलायपटिकस्सनारहो,mū·lā·ya·pa·ṭi·kas·sa·nā·ra·ho आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi mūlāyapaṭikassanāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve to be sent back to the beginning.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

338. 338

     ‘मूलायmū·lā·ya पटिकस्सनंpa·ṭi·kas·sa·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘mūlāya paṭikassanaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get him sent back to the beginning,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

339. 339

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

340. 340

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu मानत्तारहोmā·nat·tā·ra·ho होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mānattāraho hoti.

     It may be that a monk who deserves the trial period

341. 341

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

342. 342

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi मानत्तारहो,mā·nat·tā·ra·ho आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi mānattāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve to be given the trial period.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

343. 343

     ‘मानत्तदानंmā·nat·ta·dā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘mānattadānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get him given the trial period,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

344. 344

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

345. 345

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu अब्भानारहोab·bhā·nā·ra·ho होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abbhānāraho hoti.

     It may be that a monk who deserves rehabilitation

346. 346

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

347. 347

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi अब्भानारहो,ab·bhā·nā·ra·ho आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi abbhānāraho, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve rehabilitation.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

348. 348

     ‘अब्भानंab·bhā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘abbhānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get him rehabilitated,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

349. 349

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

350. 350

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa सङ्घोsaṅ·gho कम्मंkam·maṃ कत्तुकामोkat·tu·kā·mo होतिho·ti तज्जनीयंtaj·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā नियस्संni·yas·saṃ वा,vā पब्बाजनीयंpab·bā·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā पटिसारणीयंpa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ वा,vā उक्खेपनीयंuk·khe·pa·nī·yaṃ वा।vā

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa saṅgho kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṁ vā, niyassaṁ vā, pabbājanīyaṁ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā, ukkhepanīyaṁ vā.

     It may be that the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against a monk—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection.

351. 351

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     He sends a message to the monks:

352. 352

     ‘सङ्घोsaṅ·gho मेme कम्मंkam·maṃ कत्तुकामो,kat·tu·kā·mo आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘saṅgho me kammaṁ kattukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against me.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

353. 353

     ‘किन्तिkin·ti नुnu खोkho सङ्घोsaṅ·gho कम्मंkam·maṃ नna करेय्य,ka·rey·ya लहुकायla·hu·kā·ya वाvā परिणामेय्या’ति।pa·ri·ṇā·mey·yā

     ‘kinti nu kho saṅgho kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā’ti.

     ‘How may the Sangha not do the procedure?’ or ‘How may the Sangha make it lighter?’

354. 354

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

355. 355

     कतंka·taṃ वाvā पनस्सpa·nas·sa होतिho·ti सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na कम्मंkam·maṃ तज्जनीयंtaj·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā नियस्संni·yas·saṃ वाvā पब्बाजनीयंpab·bā·ja·nī·yaṃ वाvā पटिसारणीयंpa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ वाvā उक्खेपनीयंuk·khe·pa·nī·yaṃ वा।vā

     Kataṁ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṁ tajjanīyaṁ vā niyassaṁ vā pabbājanīyaṁ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā ukkhepanīyaṁ vā.

     Or it may be that the Sangha has done a legal procedure against him—whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection.

356. 356

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     He sends a message to the monks:

357. 357

     ‘सङ्घोsaṅ·gho मेme कम्मंkam·maṃ अकासि,a·kā·si आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘saṅgho me kammaṁ akāsi, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, the Sangha has done a legal procedure against me.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

358. 358

     ‘किन्तिkin·ti नुnu खोkho सम्माsam·mā वत्तेय्य,vat·tey·ya लोमंlo·maṃ पातेय्य,pā·tey·ya नेत्थारंnet·thā·raṃ वत्तेय्य,vat·tey·ya सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ कम्मंkam·maṃ पटिप्पस्सम्भेय्या’ति।pa·ṭip·pas·sam·bhey·yā

     ‘kinti nu kho sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyā’ti.

     ‘How can I help him behave properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released?’ or ‘What can I do so that the Sangha lifts that procedure?’

359. 359

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.”

360. 360

     A nun sending a message

361. 361

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī gilānā hoti.

     “It may be, monks, that a sick nun

362. 362

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

363. 363

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

364. 364

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about her sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse her.’

365. 365

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

366. 366

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā anabhirati uppannā hoti.

     It may be that a nun who is discontent with the spiritual life

367. 367

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

368. 368

     ‘अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti मेme उप्पन्ना,up·pan·nā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘anabhirati me uppannā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m discontent with the spiritual life.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

369. 369

     ‘अनभिरतंa·na·bhi·ra·taṃ वूपकासेस्सामिvū·pa·kā·ses·sā·mi वा,vā वूपकासापेस्सामिvū·pa·kā·sā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्साvās·sā करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘anabhirataṁ vūpakāsessāmi vā, vūpakāsāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssā karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll allay her discontent,’ ‘I’ll find someone to allay her discontent’, or ‘I’ll give her a teaching.’

370. 370

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

371. 371

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti.

     It may be that an anxious nun

372. 372

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

373. 373

     ‘कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ मेme उप्पन्नं,up·pan·naṃ आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘kukkuccaṁ me uppannaṁ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m anxious.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

374. 374

     ‘कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ विनोदेस्सामिvi·no·des·sā·mi वा,vā विनोदापेस्सामिvi·no·dā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्साvās·sā करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘kukkuccaṁ vinodessāmi vā, vinodāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssā karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll dispel her anxiety,’ ‘I’ll find someone to dispel her anxiety,’ or ‘I’ll give her a teaching.’

375. 375

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

376. 376

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti.

     It may be that a nun who has wrong view

377. 377

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

378. 378

     ‘दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ मेme उप्पन्नं,up·pan·naṃ आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘diṭṭhigataṁ me uppannaṁ, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I have wrong view.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

379. 379

     ‘दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ विवेचेस्सामिvi·ve·ces·sā·mi वा,vā विवेचापेस्सामिvi·ve·cā·pes·sā·mi वा,vā धम्मकथंdham·ma·ka·thaṃ वास्साvās·sā करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘diṭṭhigataṁ vivecessāmi vā, vivecāpessāmi vā, dhammakathaṁ vāssā karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make her give up that wrong view,’ ‘I’ll get someone to make her give up that wrong view,’ or ‘I’ll give her a teaching.’

380. 380

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

381. 381

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī गरुधम्मंga·ru·dham·maṃ अज्झापन्नाaj·jhā·pan·nā होतिho·ti मानत्तारहा।mā·nat·tā·ra·hā

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī garudhammaṁ ajjhāpannā hoti mānattārahā.

     It may be that a nun who has committed a heavy offense for which she deserves the trial period

382. 382

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

383. 383

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गरुधम्मंga·ru·dham·maṃ अज्झापन्नाaj·jhā·pan·nā मानत्तारहा,mā·nat·tā·ra·hā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi garudhammaṁ ajjhāpannā mānattārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve to be given the trial period.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

384. 384

     ‘मानत्तदानंmā·nat·ta·dā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘mānattadānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get her given the trial period.’

385. 385

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

386. 386

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī मूलायmū·lā·ya पटिकस्सनारहाpa·ṭi·kas·sa·nā·ra·hā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī mūlāya paṭikassanārahā hoti.

     It may be that a nun who deserves to be sent back to the beginning

387. 387

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

388. 388

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi मूलायmū·lā·ya पटिकस्सनारहा,pa·ṭi·kas·sa·nā·ra·hā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi mūlāya paṭikassanārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve to be sent back to the beginning.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

389. 389

     ‘मूलायmū·lā·ya पटिकस्सनंpa·ṭi·kas·sa·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘mūlāya paṭikassanaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get her sent back to the beginning.’

390. 390

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

391. 391

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनीbhik·khu·nī अब्भानारहाab·bhā·nā·ra·hā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunī abbhānārahā hoti.

     It may be that a nun who deserves rehabilitation

392. 392

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

393. 393

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi अब्भानारहा,ab·bhā·nā·ra·hā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi abbhānārahā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I deserve rehabilitation.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

394. 394

     ‘अब्भानंab·bhā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘abbhānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get her rehabilitated.’

395. 395

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

396. 396

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनियाbhik·khu·ni·yā सङ्घोsaṅ·gho कम्मंkam·maṃ कत्तुकामोkat·tu·kā·mo होति—ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuniyā saṅgho kammaṁ kattukāmo hoti—

     It may be that the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against a nun—

397. 397

     तज्जनीयंtaj·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā नियस्संni·yas·saṃ वा,vā पब्बाजनीयंpab·bā·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā पटिसारणीयंpa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ वा,vā उक्खेपनीयंuk·khe·pa·nī·yaṃ वा।vā

     tajjanīyaṁ vā, niyassaṁ vā, pabbājanīyaṁ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā, ukkhepanīyaṁ vā.

     whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection.

398. 398

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     She sends a message to the monks:

399. 399

     ‘सङ्घोsaṅ·gho मेme कम्मंkam·maṃ कत्तुकामो,kat·tu·kā·mo आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘saṅgho me kammaṁ kattukāmo, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, the Sangha wants to do a legal procedure against me.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

400. 400

     ‘किन्तिkin·ti नुnu खोkho सङ्घोsaṅ·gho कम्मंkam·maṃ नna करेय्य,ka·rey·ya लहुकायla·hu·kā·ya वाvā परिणामेय्या’ति।pa·ri·ṇā·mey·yā

     ‘kinti nu kho saṅgho kammaṁ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyā’ti.

     ‘How may the Sangha not do the procedure?’ or ‘How may the Sangha make it lighter?’

401. 401

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

402. 402

     कतंka·taṃ वाvā पनस्साpa·nas·sā होतिho·ti सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na कम्मं—kam·maṃ

     Kataṁ vā panassā hoti saṅghena kammaṁ—

     Or it may be that the Sangha has done a legal procedure against her—

403. 403

     तज्जनीयंtaj·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā नियस्संni·yas·saṃ वा,vā पब्बाजनीयंpab·bā·ja·nī·yaṃ वा,vā पटिसारणीयंpa·ṭi·sā·ra·ṇī·yaṃ वा,vā उक्खेपनीयंuk·khe·pa·nī·yaṃ वा।vā

     tajjanīyaṁ vā, niyassaṁ vā, pabbājanīyaṁ vā, paṭisāraṇīyaṁ vā, ukkhepanīyaṁ vā.

     whether a procedure of censure, demotion, banishment, reconciliation, or ejection.

404. 404

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     She sends a message to the monks:

405. 405

     ‘सङ्घोsaṅ·gho मेme कम्मंkam·maṃ अकासि,a·kā·si आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘saṅgho me kammaṁ akāsi, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, the Sangha has done a legal procedure against me.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

406. 406

     ‘किन्तिkin·ti नुnu खोkho सम्माsam·mā वत्तेय्य,vat·tey·ya लोमंlo·maṃ पातेय्य,pā·tey·ya नेत्थारंnet·thā·raṃ वत्तेय्य,vat·tey·ya सङ्घोsaṅ·gho तंtaṃ कम्मंkam·maṃ पटिप्पस्सम्भेय्या’ति।pa·ṭip·pas·sam·bhey·yā

     ‘kinti nu kho sammā vatteyya, lomaṁ pāteyya, netthāraṁ vatteyya, saṅgho taṁ kammaṁ paṭippassambheyyā’ti.

     ‘How can I help her behave properly and suitably so as to deserve to be released?’ or ‘What can I do so that the Sangha lifts that procedure?’

407. 407

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.”

408. 408

     Other monastics sending a message

409. 409

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सिक्खमानाsik·kha·mā·nā गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānā gilānā hoti.

     “It may be, monks, that a sick trainee nun

410. 410

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

411. 411

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

412. 412

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about her sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse her.’

413. 413

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

414. 414

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānāya anabhirati uppannā hoti …pe…

     It may be that a trainee nun who is discontent with the spiritual life,

415. 415

     सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sikkhamānāya kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who is anxious,

416. 416

     सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sikkhamānāya diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who has wrong view,

417. 417

     सिक्खमानायsik·kha·mā·nā·ya सिक्खाsik·khā कुपिताku·pi·tā होति।ho·ti

     sikkhamānāya sikkhā kupitā hoti.

     or who has failed in the training

418. 418

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

419. 419

     ‘सिक्खाsik·khā मेme कुपिता,ku·pi·tā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘sikkhā me kupitā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’ve failed in the training.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

420. 420

     ‘सिक्खासमादानंsik·khā·sa·mā·dā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘sikkhāsamādānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get her to undertake the training.’

421. 421

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

422. 422

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सिक्खमानाsik·kha·mā·nā उपसम्पज्जितुकामाu·pa·sam·paj·ji·tu·kā·mā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sikkhamānā upasampajjitukāmā hoti.

     It may be that a trainee nun who desires the full ordination

423. 423

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

424. 424

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi उपसम्पज्जितुकामा,u·pa·sam·paj·ji·tu·kā·mā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi upasampajjitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I desire the full ordination.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

425. 425

     ‘उपसम्पदंu·pa·sam·pa·daṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘upasampadaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get her the full ordination,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

426. 426

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

427. 427

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇero gilāno hoti.

     It may be that a sick novice monk

428. 428

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

429. 429

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

430. 430

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about his sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse him.’

431. 431

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

432. 432

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरस्सsā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerassa anabhirati uppannā hoti …pe…

     It may be that a novice monk who is discontent with the spiritual life,

433. 433

     सामणेरस्सsā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sāmaṇerassa kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who is anxious,

434. 434

     सामणेरस्सsā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sāmaṇerassa diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who has wrong view,

435. 435

     सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro वस्संvas·saṃ पुच्छितुकामोpuc·chi·tu·kā·mo होति।ho·ti

     sāmaṇero vassaṁ pucchitukāmo hoti.

     or who wants to ask about his age

436. 436

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

437. 437

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi वस्संvas·saṃ पुच्छितुकामो,puc·chi·tu·kā·mo आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi vassaṁ pucchitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I want to ask about my age.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

438. 438

     ‘पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā आचिक्खिस्सामिā·cik·khis·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘pucchissāmi vā, ācikkhissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll ask him,’ or ‘I’ll inform him.’

439. 439

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

440. 440

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरोsā·ma·ṇe·ro उपसम्पज्जितुकामोu·pa·sam·paj·ji·tu·kā·mo होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇero upasampajjitukāmo hoti.

     It may be that a novice monk who desires the full ordination

441. 441

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

442. 442

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi उपसम्पज्जितुकामो,u·pa·sam·paj·ji·tu·kā·mo आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भिक्खू,bhik·khū इच्छामिic·chā·mi भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi upasampajjitukāmo, āgacchantu bhikkhū, icchāmi bhikkhūnaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I desire the full ordination.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

443. 443

     ‘उपसम्पदंu·pa·sam·pa·daṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामिka·ris·sā·mi वा,vā अनुस्सावेस्सामिa·nus·sā·ves·sā·mi वा,vā गणपूरकोga·ṇa·pū·ra·ko वाvā भविस्सामी’ति।bha·vis·sā·mī

     ‘upasampadaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmi vā, anussāvessāmi vā, gaṇapūrako vā bhavissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort to get him the full ordination,’ ‘I’ll do the proclamation,’ or ‘I’ll complete the quorum.’

444. 444

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

445. 445

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī gilānā hoti.

     It may be that a sick novice nun

446. 446

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

447. 447

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

448. 448

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about her sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse her.’

449. 449

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

450. 450

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā अनभिरतिa·na·bhi·ra·ti उप्पन्नाup·pan·nā होतिho·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇeriyā anabhirati uppannā hoti …pe…

     It may be that a novice nun who is discontent with the spiritual life,

451. 451

     सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā कुक्कुच्चंkuk·kuc·caṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sāmaṇeriyā kukkuccaṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who is anxious,

452. 452

     सामणेरियाsā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā दिट्ठिगतंdiṭ·ṭhi·ga·taṃ उप्पन्नंup·pan·naṃ होतिho·ti …

     sāmaṇeriyā diṭṭhigataṁ uppannaṁ hoti …

     who has wrong view,

453. 453

     सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī वस्संvas·saṃ पुच्छितुकामाpuc·chi·tu·kā·mā होति।ho·ti

     sāmaṇerī vassaṁ pucchitukāmā hoti.

     or who wants to ask about her age

454. 454

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

455. 455

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi वस्संvas·saṃ पुच्छितुकामा,puc·chi·tu·kā·mā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi vassaṁ pucchitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I want to ask about my age.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

456. 456

     ‘पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā आचिक्खिस्सामिā·cik·khis·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘pucchissāmi vā, ācikkhissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll ask her,’ or ‘I’ll inform her.’

457. 457

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

458. 458

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सामणेरीsā·ma·ṇe·rī सिक्खंsik·khaṃ समादियितुकामाsa·mā·di·yi·tu·kā·mā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerī sikkhaṁ samādiyitukāmā hoti.

     It may be that a novice nun who desires to undertake the training of a trainee nun

459. 459

     साsā चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     sends a message to the monks:

460. 460

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi सिक्खंsik·khaṃ समादियितुकामा,sa·mā·di·yi·tu·kā·mā आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu अय्या,ay·yā इच्छामिic·chā·mi अय्यानंay·yā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi sikkhaṁ samādiyitukāmā, āgacchantu ayyā, icchāmi ayyānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, venerables, I desire to undertake the training.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

461. 461

     ‘सिक्खासमादानंsik·khā·sa·mā·dā·naṃ उस्सुक्कंus·suk·kaṃ करिस्सामी’ति।ka·ris·sā·mī

     ‘sikkhāsamādānaṁ ussukkaṁ karissāmī’ti.

     ‘I’ll make an effort for her to undertake the training of a trainee nun.’

462. 462

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो”ति।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo”ti.

     But you should return within seven days.”

463. 463

     5। सत्तन्नंअप्पहितेपिअनुजाननsat·tan·naṃ·ap·pa·hi·te·pi·a·nu·jā·na·na

     5. Sattannaṁappahitepianujānana

     5. The allowance to go to any of seven kinds of persons even if not asked

464. 464

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्सañ·ña·ta·ras·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no माताmā·tā गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno mātā gilānā hoti.

     On one occasion the mother of a certain monk was sick.

465. 465

     साsā पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पाहेसि—pā·he·si

     Sā puttassa santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—

     She sent a message to her son:

466. 466

     “अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu मेme पुत्तो,put·to इच्छामिic·chā·mi पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa आगतन्”ति।ā·ga·tan

     “ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan”ti.

     “Please come, I’m sick.”

467. 467

     अथa·tha खोkho तस्सtas·sa भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

     Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi—

     That monk thought,

468. 468

     “भगवताbha·ga·va·tā पञ्ञत्तं—pañ·ñat·taṃ

     “bhagavatā paññattaṁ—

     “The Buddha has laid down a rule

469. 469

     ‘सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहितेpa·hi·te गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते;ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘sattannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena pahite gantuṁ, na tveva appahite;

     that one should go for seven days to any of seven kinds of persons, but only when asked,

470. 470

     पञ्चन्नंpañ·can·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपिap·pa·hi·te·pi गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते’ति।pa·hi·te

     pañcannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṁ, pageva pahite’ti.

     and that one should go for seven days to any of five kinds of persons even if not asked, let alone if one is.

471. 471

     अयञ्चa·yañ·ca मेme माताmā·tā गिलाना,gi·lā·nā साsā चca अनुपासिका,a·nu·pā·si·kā कथंka·thaṃ नुnu खोkho मयाma·yā पटिपज्जितब्बन्”ति?pa·ṭi·paj·ji·tab·ban

     Ayañca me mātā gilānā, sā ca anupāsikā, kathaṁ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabban”ti?

     My mother is sick, but she’s not a lay follower. So what should I do?”

472. 472

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

473. 473

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपिap·pa·hi·te·pi गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते।pa·hi·te

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sattannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṁ, pageva pahite.

     “Even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, I allow you to go for seven days to any of seven kinds of persons—

474. 474

     भिक्खुस्स,bhik·khus·sa भिक्खुनिया,bhik·khu·ni·yā सिक्खमानाय,sik·kha·mā·nā·ya सामणेरस्स,sā·ma·ṇe·ras·sa सामणेरिया,sā·ma·ṇe·ri·yā मातुयाmā·tu·yā चca पितुस्सpi·tus·sa च—ca

     Bhikkhussa, bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, sāmaṇeriyā, mātuyā ca pitussa ca—

     a monk, a nun, a trainee nun, a novice monk, a novice nun, your mother, your father.

475. 475

     अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve इमेसंi·me·saṃ सत्तन्नंsat·tan·naṃ सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपिap·pa·hi·te·pi गन्तुं,gan·tuṃ पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते।pa·hi·te

     anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imesaṁ sattannaṁ sattāhakaraṇīyena appahitepi gantuṁ, pageva pahite.

     (Pāli only)

476. 476

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

477. 477

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa माताmā·tā गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa mātā gilānā hoti.

     It may be that a monk’s mother is sick

478. 478

     साsā चेce पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce puttassa santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to her son:

479. 479

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu मेme पुत्तो,put·to इच्छामिic·chā·mi पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

480. 480

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about her sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse her.’

481. 481

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.

482. 482

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa पिताpi·tā गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa pitā gilāno hoti.

     It may be that a monk’s father is sick

483. 483

     सोso चेce पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce puttassa santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to his son:

484. 484

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu मेme पुत्तो,put·to इच्छामिic·chā·mi पुत्तस्सput·tas·sa आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na अप्पहितेपि,ap·pa·hi·te·pi पगेवpa·ge·va पहिते—pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu me putto, icchāmi puttassa āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, appahitepi, pageva pahite—

     ‘Please come, I’m sick.’ Then, even if you’re not asked, let alone if you are, you should go for seven days, thinking,

485. 485

     ‘गिलानभत्तंgi·lā·na·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानुपट्ठाकभत्तंgi·lā·nu·paṭ·ṭhā·ka·bhat·taṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi गिलानभेसज्जंgi·lā·na·bhe·saj·jaṃ वाvā परियेसिस्सामि,pa·ri·ye·sis·sā·mi पुच्छिस्सामिpuc·chis·sā·mi वा,vā उपट्ठहिस्सामिu·paṭ·ṭha·his·sā·mi वा’ति।vā

     ‘gilānabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, gilānabhesajjaṁ vā pariyesissāmi, pucchissāmi vā, upaṭṭhahissāmi vā’ti.

     ‘I’ll look for food for the sick,’ ‘I’ll look for food for the nurses,’ ‘I’ll look for medicine,’ ‘I’ll enquire about his sickness,’ or ‘I’ll nurse him.’

486. 486

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     But you should return within seven days.”

487. 487

     6। पहितेयेवअनुजाननpa·hi·te·ye·va·a·nu·jā·na·na

     6. Pahiteyevaanujānana

     6. The allowance to go only when asked

488. 488

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa भाताbhā·tā गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa bhātā gilāno hoti.

     “It may be that a monk’s brother is sick

489. 489

     सोso चेce भातुनोbhā·tu·no सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhātuno santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to his brother:

490. 490

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu मेme भाता,bhā·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi भातुनोbhā·tu·no आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi bhātuno āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, I’m sick.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

491. 491

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

492. 492

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa भगिनीbha·gi·nī गिलानाgi·lā·nā होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa bhaginī gilānā hoti.

     It may be that a monk’s sister is sick

493. 493

     साsā चेce भातुनोbhā·tu·no सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     Sā ce bhātuno santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends a message to her brother:

494. 494

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलाना,gi·lā·nā आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu मेme भाता,bhā·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi भातुनोbhā·tu·no आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilānā, āgacchatu me bhātā, icchāmi bhātuno āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, I’m sick.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

495. 495

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

496. 496

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa ञातकोñā·ta·ko गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa ñātako gilāno hoti.

     It may be that a monk’s relative is sick

497. 497

     सोso चेce भिक्खुस्सbhik·khus·sa सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhussa santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends him a message:

498. 498

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छतुā·gac·cha·tu भदन्तो,bha·dan·to इच्छामिic·chā·mi भदन्तस्सbha·dan·tas·sa आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchatu bhadanto, icchāmi bhadantassa āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerable, I’m sick.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

499. 499

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo.

     And you should return within seven days.

500. 500

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुगतिकोbhik·khu·ga·ti·ko गिलानोgi·lā·no होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhugatiko gilāno hoti.

     It may be that one who is staying with the monks is sick

501. 501

     सोso चेce भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पहिणेय्य—pa·hi·ṇey·ya

     So ce bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pahiṇeyya—

     and sends them a message:

502. 502

     ‘अहञ्हिa·hañ·hi गिलानो,gi·lā·no आगच्छन्तुā·gac·chan·tu भदन्ता,bha·dan·tā इच्छामिic·chā·mi भदन्तानंbha·dan·tā·naṃ आगतन्’ति,ā·ga·tan गन्तब्बं,gan·tab·baṃ भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्ताहकरणीयेन,sat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पहिते,pa·hi·te नna त्वेवtve·va अप्पहिते।ap·pa·hi·te

     ‘ahañhi gilāno, āgacchantu bhadantā, icchāmi bhadantānaṁ āgatan’ti, gantabbaṁ, bhikkhave, sattāhakaraṇīyena, pahite, na tveva appahite.

     ‘Please come, venerables, I’m sick.’ You should go for seven days, but only if you’re asked.

503. 503

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो”ति।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo”ti.

     And you should return within seven days.”

504. 504

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सङ्घस्सsaṅ·ghas·sa विहारोvi·hā·ro उन्द्रियति।un·dri·ya·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena saṅghassa vihāro undriyati.

     At one time one of the Sangha’s dwellings was falling apart.

505. 505

     अञ्ञतरेनañ·ña·ta·re·na उपासकेनu·pā·sa·ke·na अरञ्ञेa·rañ·ñe भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ छेदापितंche·dā·pi·taṃ होति।ho·ti

     Aññatarena upāsakena araññe bhaṇḍaṁ chedāpitaṁ hoti.

     At that time the timber belonging to a certain lay follower had been cut up in the wilderness.

506. 506

     सोso भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सन्तिकेsan·ti·ke दूतंdū·taṃ पाहेसि—pā·he·si

     So bhikkhūnaṁ santike dūtaṁ pāhesi—

     He sent a message to the monks:

507. 507

     “सचेsa·ce भदन्ताbha·dan·tā तंtaṃ भण्डंbhaṇ·ḍaṃ आवहापेय्युं,ā·va·hā·pey·yuṃ दज्जाहंdaj·jā·haṃ तंtaṃ भण्डन्”ति।bhaṇ·ḍan

     “sace bhadantā taṁ bhaṇḍaṁ āvahāpeyyuṁ, dajjāhaṁ taṁ bhaṇḍan”ti.

     “Venerables, if you retrieve that timber, I’ll give it to you.”

508. 508

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

509. 509

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सङ्घकरणीयेनsaṅ·gha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na गन्तुं।gan·tuṃ

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghakaraṇīyena gantuṁ.

     “I allow you to go on business for the Sangha.

510. 510

     सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ सन्निवत्तोsan·ni·vat·to कातब्बो”ति।kā·tab·bo

     Sattāhaṁ sannivatto kātabbo”ti.

     But you should return within seven days.”

511. 511

     वस्सावासभाणवारोvas·sā·vā·sa·bhā·ṇa·vā·ro निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Vassāvāsabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito.

     The section for recitation on the rainy-season residence is finished.

512. 512

     7। अन्तरायेअनापत्तिवस्सच्छेदवारan·ta·rā·ye·a·nā·pat·ti·vas·sac·che·da·vā·ra

     7. Antarāyeanāpattivassacchedavāra

     7. The section on no offense for breaking the rains residence when there are dangers

513. 513

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na कोसलेसुko·sa·le·su जनपदेja·na·pa·de अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ आवासेā·vā·se वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū वाळेहिvā·ḷe·hi उब्बाळ्हाub·bā·ḷhā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṁ āvāse vassūpagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti.

     At one time in a certain monastery in the Kosalan country, monks who had entered the rains residence were harassed by predatory animals

514. 514

     गण्हिंसुपिgaṇ·hiṃ·su·pi परिपातिंसुपि।pa·ri·pā·tiṃ·su·pi

     Gaṇhiṁsupi paripātiṁsupi.

     that attacked and grabbed hold of them.

515. 515

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

516. 516

     “इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū वाळेहिvā·ḷe·hi उब्बाळ्हाub·bā·ḷhā होन्ति।hon·ti

     “Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū vāḷehi ubbāḷhā honti.

     “It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence are harassed by predatory animals

517. 517

     गण्हन्तिपिgaṇ·han·ti·pi परिपातेन्तिपि।pa·ri·pā·ten·ti·pi

     Gaṇhantipi paripātentipi.

     that attack and grab hold of them.

518. 518

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such a danger, you should leave.

519. 519

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

520. 520

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū सरीसपेहिsa·rī·sa·pe·hi उब्बाळ्हाub·bā·ḷhā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū sarīsapehi ubbāḷhā honti.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence are harassed by creeping animals

521. 521

     डंसन्तिपिḍaṃ·san·ti·pi परिपातेन्तिपि।pa·ri·pā·ten·ti·pi

     Ḍaṁsantipi paripātentipi.

     that attack and bite them.

522. 522

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such a danger, you should leave.

523. 523

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

524. 524

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū चोरेहिco·re·hi उब्बाळ्हाub·bā·ḷhā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū corehi ubbāḷhā honti.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence are harassed by criminals

525. 525

     विलुम्पन्तिपिvi·lum·pan·ti·pi आकोटेन्तिपि।ā·ko·ṭen·ti·pi

     Vilumpantipi ākoṭentipi.

     who steal from them and beat them up.

526. 526

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such a danger, you should leave.

527. 527

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

528. 528

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū पिसाचेहिpi·sā·ce·hi उब्बाळ्हाub·bā·ḷhā होन्ति।hon·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū pisācehi ubbāḷhā honti.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence are harassed by demons

529. 529

     आविसन्तिपिā·vi·san·ti·pi हनन्तिपि।ha·nan·ti·pi

     Āvisantipi hanantipi.

     who take possession of them and kill them.

530. 530

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such a danger, you should leave.

531. 531

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

532. 532

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतानंvas·sū·pa·ga·tā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ गामोgā·mo अग्गिनाag·gi·nā दड्ढोdaḍ·ḍho होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ gāmo agginā daḍḍho hoti.

     It may happen that the village where monks have entered the rains residence burns down.

533. 533

     भिक्खूbhik·khū पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमन्ति।ki·la·man·ti

     Bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti.

     As a consequence, they have trouble getting almsfood.

534. 534

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

535. 535

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

536. 536

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतानंvas·sū·pa·ga·tā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ अग्गिनाag·gi·nā दड्ढंdaḍ·ḍhaṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ senāsanaṁ agginā daḍḍhaṁ hoti.

     It may happen that the dwellings where monks have entered the rains residence burn down.

537. 537

     भिक्खूbhik·khū सेनासनेनse·nā·sa·ne·na किलमन्ति।ki·la·man·ti

     Bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti.

     As a consequence, they have trouble getting dwellings.

538. 538

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

539. 539

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

540. 540

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतानंvas·sū·pa·ga·tā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ गामोgā·mo उदकेनu·da·ke·na वूळ्होvū·ḷho होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ gāmo udakena vūḷho hoti.

     It may happen that the village where the monks have entered the rains residence is swept away by flooding.

541. 541

     भिक्खूbhik·khū पिण्डकेनpiṇ·ḍa·ke·na किलमन्ति।ki·la·man·ti

     Bhikkhū piṇḍakena kilamanti.

     As a consequence, they have trouble getting almsfood.

542. 542

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

543. 543

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

544. 544

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतानंvas·sū·pa·ga·tā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ उदकेनu·da·ke·na वूळ्हंvū·ḷhaṃ होति।ho·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ senāsanaṁ udakena vūḷhaṁ hoti.

     It may happen that the dwellings where the monks have entered the rains residence are swept away by flooding.

545. 545

     भिक्खूbhik·khū सेनासनेनse·nā·sa·ne·na किलमन्ति।ki·la·man·ti

     Bhikkhū senāsanena kilamanti.

     As a consequence, they have trouble getting dwellings.

546. 546

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

547. 547

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्सा”ति।vas·sac·che·das·sā

     Anāpatti vassacchedassā”ti.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.”

548. 548

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ आवासेā·vā·se वस्सूपगतानंvas·sū·pa·ga·tā·naṃ भिक्खूनंbhik·khū·naṃ गामोgā·mo चोरेहिco·re·hi वुट्ठासि।vuṭ·ṭhā·si

     Tena kho pana samayena aññatarasmiṁ āvāse vassūpagatānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ gāmo corehi vuṭṭhāsi.

     At one time in a certain monastery, the village where the monks had entered the rains residence relocated because of criminals.

549. 549

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

550. 550

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve येनye·na गामोgā·mo तेनte·na गन्तुन्”ति।gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena gāmo tena gantun”ti.

     “I allow you to move to where the village is.”

551. 551

     गामोgā·mo द्वेधाdve·dhā भिज्जित्थ।bhij·jit·tha

     Gāmo dvedhā bhijjittha.

     The village was divided in two.

552. 552

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

553. 553

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve येनye·na बहुतराba·hu·ta·rā तेनte·na गन्तुन्”ति।gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena bahutarā tena gantun”ti.

     “I allow you to move to where the majority is.”

554. 554

     बहुतराba·hu·ta·rā अस्सद्धाas·sad·dhā होन्तिhon·ti अप्पसन्ना।ap·pa·san·nā

     Bahutarā assaddhā honti appasannā.

     The majority had no faith and confidence.

555. 555

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

556. 556

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve येनye·na सद्धाsad·dhā पसन्नाpa·san·nā तेनte·na गन्तुन्”ति।gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena saddhā pasannā tena gantun”ti.

     “I allow you to move to where those who have faith and confidence are.”

557. 557

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na कोसलेसुko·sa·le·su जनपदेja·na·pa·de अञ्ञतरस्मिंañ·ña·ta·ras·miṃ आवासेā·vā·se वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū नna लभिंसुla·bhiṃ·su लूखस्सlū·khas·sa वाvā पणीतस्सpa·ṇī·tas·sa वाvā भोजनस्सbho·ja·nas·sa यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ पारिपूरिं।pā·ri·pū·riṃ

     Tena kho pana samayena kosalesu janapade aññatarasmiṁ āvāse vassūpagatā bhikkhū na labhiṁsu lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.

     At one time in a certain monastery in the Kosalan country, the monks who had entered the rains residence did not get enough food, whether coarse or fine.

558. 558

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

559. 559

     “इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū नna लभन्तिla·bhan·ti लूखस्सlū·khas·sa वाvā पणीतस्सpa·ṇī·tas·sa वाvā भोजनस्सbho·ja·nas·sa यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ पारिपूरिं।pā·ri·pū·riṃ

     “Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū na labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ.

     “It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence don’t get enough food, whether coarse or fine.

560. 560

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

561. 561

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

562. 562

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū लभन्तिla·bhan·ti लूखस्सlū·khas·sa वाvā पणीतस्सpa·ṇī·tas·sa वाvā भोजनस्सbho·ja·nas·sa यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ पारिपूरिं,pā·ri·pū·riṃ नna लभन्तिla·bhan·ti सप्पायानिsap·pā·yā·ni भोजनानि।bho·ja·nā·ni

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, na labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence get enough food, whether coarse or fine, but the food isn’t suitable for them.

563. 563

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

564. 564

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

565. 565

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū लभन्तिla·bhan·ti लूखस्सlū·khas·sa वाvā पणीतस्सpa·ṇī·tas·sa वाvā भोजनस्सbho·ja·nas·sa यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ पारिपूरिं,pā·ri·pū·riṃ लभन्तिla·bhan·ti सप्पायानिsap·pā·yā·ni भोजनानि,bho·ja·nā·ni नna लभन्तिla·bhan·ti सप्पायानिsap·pā·yā·ni भेसज्जानि।bhe·saj·jā·ni

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni, na labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence get enough suitable food, whether coarse or fine, but they don’t get suitable medicines.

566. 566

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

567. 567

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

568. 568

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगताvas·sū·pa·ga·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū लभन्तिla·bhan·ti लूखस्सlū·khas·sa वाvā पणीतस्सpa·ṇī·tas·sa वाvā भोजनस्सbho·ja·nas·sa यावदत्थंyā·va·dat·thaṃ पारिपूरिं,pā·ri·pū·riṃ लभन्तिla·bhan·ti सप्पायानिsap·pā·yā·ni भोजनानि,bho·ja·nā·ni लभन्तिla·bhan·ti सप्पायानिsap·pā·yā·ni भेसज्जानि,bhe·saj·jā·ni नna लभन्तिla·bhan·ti पतिरूपंpa·ti·rū·paṃ उपट्ठाकं।u·paṭ·ṭhā·kaṃ

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagatā bhikkhū labhanti lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṁ pāripūriṁ, labhanti sappāyāni bhojanāni, labhanti sappāyāni bhesajjāni, na labhanti patirūpaṁ upaṭṭhākaṁ.

     It may happen that monks who have entered the rains residence get enough suitable food, whether coarse or fine, as well as suitable medicines, but they don’t get a suitable attendant.

569. 569

     एसेवe·se·va अन्तरायोतिan·ta·rā·yo·ti पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Eseva antarāyoti pakkamitabbaṁ.

     When there’s such an obstacle, you should leave.

570. 570

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

571. 571

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतंvas·sū·pa·ga·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ इत्थीit·thī निमन्तेति—ni·man·te·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagataṁ bhikkhuṁ itthī nimanteti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence is invited by a woman:

572. 572

     ‘एहि,e·hi भन्ते,bhan·te हिरञ्ञंhi·rañ·ñaṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi सुवण्णंsu·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi खेत्तंkhet·taṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi वत्थुंvat·thuṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi गावुंgā·vuṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi गाविंgā·viṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi दासंdā·saṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi दासिंdā·siṃ वाvā तेte देमि,de·mi धीतरंdhī·ta·raṃ वाvā तेte देमिde·mi भरियत्थाय,bha·ri·yat·thā·ya अहंa·haṃ वाvā तेte भरियाbha·ri·yā होमि,ho·mi अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ वाvā तेte भरियंbha·ri·yaṃ आनेमी’ति।ā·ne·mī

     ‘ehi, bhante, hiraññaṁ vā te demi, suvaṇṇaṁ vā te demi, khettaṁ vā te demi, vatthuṁ vā te demi, gāvuṁ vā te demi, gāviṁ vā te demi, dāsaṁ vā te demi, dāsiṁ vā te demi, dhītaraṁ vā te demi bhariyatthāya, ahaṁ vā te bhariyā homi, aññaṁ vā te bhariyaṁ ānemī’ti.

     ‘Come, venerable, I’ll give you money’, ‘I’ll give you gold’, ‘I’ll give you a field’, ‘I’ll give you land’, ‘I’ll give you an ox’, ‘I’ll give you a cow’, ‘I’ll give you a slave’, ‘I’ll give you my daughter as wife’, ‘I’ll be your wife’, ‘I’ll bring you another wife.’

573. 573

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If that monk thinks,

574. 574

     ‘लहुपरिवत्तंla·hu·pa·ri·vat·taṃ खोkho चित्तंcit·taṃ वुत्तंvut·taṃ भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā सियापिsi·yā·pi मेme ब्रह्मचरियस्सbrah·ma·ca·ri·yas·sa अन्तरायो’ति,an·ta·rā·yo पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     ‘lahuparivattaṁ kho cittaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     ‘The Buddha has said that the mind is volatile. This could be an obstacle to my monastic life,’ he should leave.

575. 575

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

576. 576

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतंvas·sū·pa·ga·taṃ भिक्खुंbhik·khuṃ वेसीve·sī निमन्तेतिni·man·te·ti …पे…pe

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagataṁ bhikkhuṁ vesī nimanteti …pe…

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence is invited by a sex worker,

577. 577

     थुल्लकुमारीthul·la·ku·mā·rī निमन्तेतिni·man·te·ti …

     thullakumārī nimanteti …

     by a single woman,

578. 578

     पण्डकोpaṇ·ḍa·ko निमन्तेतिni·man·te·ti …

     paṇḍako nimanteti …

     by a <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>,

579. 579

     ञातकाñā·ta·kā निमन्तेन्तिni·man·ten·ti …

     ñātakā nimantenti …

     by relatives,

580. 580

     राजानोrā·jā·no निमन्तेन्तिni·man·ten·ti …

     rājāno nimantenti …

     by kings,

581. 581

     चोराco·rā निमन्तेन्तिni·man·ten·ti …

     corā nimantenti …

     by criminals,

582. 582

     धुत्ताdhut·tā निमन्तेन्ति—ni·man·ten·ti

     dhuttā nimantenti—

     or by scoundrels:

583. 583

     ‘एहि,e·hi भन्ते,bhan·te हिरञ्ञंhi·rañ·ñaṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma सुवण्णंsu·vaṇ·ṇaṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma खेत्तंkhet·taṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma वत्थुंvat·thuṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma गावुंgā·vuṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma गाविंgā·viṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma दासंdā·saṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma दासिंdā·siṃ वाvā तेte देम,de·ma धीतरंdhī·ta·raṃ वाvā तेte देमde·ma भरियत्थाय,bha·ri·yat·thā·ya अञ्ञंañ·ñaṃ वाvā तेte भरियंbha·ri·yaṃ आनेमा’ति।ā·ne·mā

     ‘ehi, bhante, hiraññaṁ vā te dema, suvaṇṇaṁ vā te dema, khettaṁ vā te dema, vatthuṁ vā te dema, gāvuṁ vā te dema, gāviṁ vā te dema, dāsaṁ vā te dema, dāsiṁ vā te dema, dhītaraṁ vā te dema bhariyatthāya, aññaṁ vā te bhariyaṁ ānemā’ti.

     ‘Come, venerable, we’ll give you money’, ‘We’ll give you gold’, ‘We’ll give you a field’, ‘We’ll give you land’, ‘We’ll give you an ox’, ‘We’ll give you a cow’, ‘We’ll give you a slave’, ‘We’ll give you our daughter as wife’, ‘We’ll bring you another wife.’

584. 584

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If that monk thinks,

585. 585

     ‘लहुपरिवत्तंla·hu·pa·ri·vat·taṃ खोkho चित्तंcit·taṃ वुत्तंvut·taṃ भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā सियापिsi·yā·pi मेme ब्रह्मचरियस्सbrah·ma·ca·ri·yas·sa अन्तरायो’ति,an·ta·rā·yo पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     ‘lahuparivattaṁ kho cittaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     ‘The Buddha has said that the mind is volatile. This could be an obstacle to my monastic life,’ he should leave.

586. 586

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

587. 587

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu अस्सामिकंas·sā·mi·kaṃ निधिंni·dhiṃ पस्सति।pas·sa·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu assāmikaṁ nidhiṁ passati.

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence sees an ownerless treasure.

588. 588

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

589. 589

     ‘लहुपरिवत्तंla·hu·pa·ri·vat·taṃ खोkho चित्तंcit·taṃ वुत्तंvut·taṃ भगवता,bha·ga·va·tā सियापिsi·yā·pi मेme ब्रह्मचरियस्सbrah·ma·ca·ri·yas·sa अन्तरायो’ति,an·ta·rā·yo पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     ‘lahuparivattaṁ kho cittaṁ vuttaṁ bhagavatā, siyāpi me brahmacariyassa antarāyo’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     ‘The Buddha has said that the mind is volatile. This could be an obstacle to my monastic life,’ he should leave.

590. 590

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.”

591. 591

     8। सङ्घभेदेअनापत्तिवस्सच्छेदवारsaṅ·gha·bhe·de·a·nā·pat·ti·vas·sac·che·da·vā·ra

     8. Saṅghabhedeanāpattivassacchedavāra

     8. The section on no offense for breaking the rains residence when there is schism in the Sangha

592. 592

     Monks pursuing schism

593. 593

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu पस्सतिpas·sa·ti सम्बहुलेsam·ba·hu·le भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ते।pa·rak·ka·man·te

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu passati sambahule bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamante.

     “It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence sees a number of monks who are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

594. 594

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

595. 595

     ‘गरुकोga·ru·ko खोkho सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     ‘garuko kho saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     ‘The Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter.

596. 596

     माmā मयिma·yi सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिज्जी’ति,bhij·jī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṅgho bhijjī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     I don’t want the Sangha to be divided in my presence,’ he should leave.

597. 597

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

598. 598

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

599. 599

     ‘असुकस्मिंa·su·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ती’ति।pa·rak·ka·man·tī

     ‘asukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’ti.

     that a number of monks in such-and-such a monastery are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

600. 600

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

601. 601

     ‘गरुकोga·ru·ko खोkho सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     ‘garuko kho saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     ‘The Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter.

602. 602

     माmā मयिma·yi सम्मुखीभूतेsam·mu·khī·bhū·te सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिज्जी’ति,bhij·jī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     mā mayi sammukhībhūte saṅgho bhijjī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     I don’t want the Sangha to be divided in my presence,’ he should leave.

603. 603

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

604. 604

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

605. 605

     ‘असुकस्मिंa·su·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ती’ति।pa·rak·ka·man·tī

     ‘asukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’ti.

     that a number of monks in such-and-such a monastery are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

606. 606

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

607. 607

     ‘तेte खोkho मेme भिक्खूbhik·khū मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘te kho me bhikkhū mittā.

     ‘Those monks are my friends.

608. 608

     त्याहंtyā·haṃ वक्खामिvak·khā·mi “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Tyāhaṁ vakkhāmi “garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     I must tell them that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

609. 609

     मायस्मन्तानंmā·yas·man·tā·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     māyasmantānaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and I must ask them not to consent to it.

610. 610

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti मेme वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti me vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     They will act on what I say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

611. 611

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

612. 612

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

613. 613

     ‘असुकस्मिंa·su·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खूbhik·khū सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ती’ति।pa·rak·ka·man·tī

     ‘asukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhū saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’ti.

     that a number of monks in such-and-such a monastery are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

614. 614

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

615. 615

     ‘तेte खोkho मेme भिक्खूbhik·khū नna मित्ता;mit·tā

     ‘te kho me bhikkhū na mittā;

     ‘Those monks are not my friends,

616. 616

     अपिa·pi चca येye तेसंte·saṃ मित्ता,mit·tā तेte मेme मित्ता।mit·tā

     api ca ye tesaṁ mittā, te me mittā.

     but we have friends in common.

617. 617

     त्याहंtyā·haṃ वक्खामि।vak·khā·mi

     Tyāhaṁ vakkhāmi.

     If I speak to my friends,

618. 618

     तेte वुत्ताvut·tā तेte वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Te vuttā te vakkhanti “garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     they will tell those monks that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

619. 619

     मायस्मन्तानंmā·yas·man·tā·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     māyasmantānaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and they will ask them not to consent to it.

620. 620

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti तेसंte·saṃ वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti tesaṁ vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     Those monks will act on what my friends say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

621. 621

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

622. 622

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

623. 623

     ‘असुकस्मिंa·su·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलेहिsam·ba·hu·le·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिन्नो’ति।bhin·no

     ‘asukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṅgho bhinno’ti.

     that a number of monks in such-and-such a monastery have caused a schism in the Sangha.

624. 624

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

625. 625

     ‘तेte खोkho मेme भिक्खूbhik·khū मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘te kho me bhikkhū mittā.

     ‘Those monks are my friends.

626. 626

     त्याहंtyā·haṃ वक्खामिvak·khā·mi “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Tyāhaṁ vakkhāmi “garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     I must tell them that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

627. 627

     मायस्मन्तानंmā·yas·man·tā·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     māyasmantānaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and I must ask them not to consent to it.

628. 628

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti मेme वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti me vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     They will act on what I say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

629. 629

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

630. 630

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

631. 631

     ‘असुकस्मिंa·su·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलेहिsam·ba·hu·le·hi भिक्खूहिbhik·khū·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिन्नो’ति।bhin·no

     ‘asukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saṅgho bhinno’ti.

     that a number of monks in such-and-such a monastery have caused a schism in the Sangha.

632. 632

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

633. 633

     ‘तेte खोkho मेme भिक्खूbhik·khū नna मित्ता;mit·tā

     ‘te kho me bhikkhū na mittā;

     ‘Those monks are not my friends,

634. 634

     अपिa·pi चca येye तेसंte·saṃ मित्ताmit·tā तेte मेme मित्ता।mit·tā

     api ca ye tesaṁ mittā te me mittā.

     but we have friends in common.

635. 635

     त्याहंtyā·haṃ वक्खामि।vak·khā·mi

     Tyāhaṁ vakkhāmi.

     If I speak to my friends,

636. 636

     तेte वुत्ताvut·tā तेte वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Te vuttā te vakkhanti “garuko kho, āvuso, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     they will tell those monks that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

637. 637

     मायस्मन्तानंmā·yas·man·tā·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     māyasmantānaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and they will ask them not to consent to it.

638. 638

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti तेसंte·saṃ वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti tesaṁ vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     Those monks will act on what my friends say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

639. 639

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.”

640. 640

     Nuns pursuing schism

641. 641

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     “It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

642. 642

     ‘अमुकस्मिंa·mu·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ती’ति।pa·rak·ka·man·tī

     ‘amukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’ti.

     that a number of nuns in such-and-such a monastery are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

643. 643

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

644. 644

     ‘ताtā खोkho मेme भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā.

     ‘Those nuns are my friends.

645. 645

     ताहंtā·haṃ वक्खामिvak·khā·mi “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho भगिनियो,bha·gi·ni·yo सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Tāhaṁ vakkhāmi “garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     I must tell them that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

646. 646

     माmā भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     mā bhaginīnaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and I must ask them not to consent to it.

647. 647

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti मेme वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti me vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     They will act on what I say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

648. 648

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

649. 649

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

650. 650

     ‘अमुकस्मिंa·mu·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाsam·ba·hu·lā भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo सङ्घभेदायsaṅ·gha·bhe·dā·ya परक्कमन्ती’ति।pa·rak·ka·man·tī

     ‘amukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulā bhikkhuniyo saṅghabhedāya parakkamantī’ti.

     that a number of nuns in such-and-such a monastery are pursuing schism in the Sangha.

651. 651

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

652. 652

     ‘ताtā खोkho मेme भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo नna मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā.

     ‘Those nuns are not my friends,

653. 653

     अपिa·pi चca याyā तासंtā·saṃ मित्ता,mit·tā ताtā मेme मित्ता।mit·tā

     Api ca yā tāsaṁ mittā, tā me mittā.

     but we have friends in common.

654. 654

     ताहंtā·haṃ वक्खामि।vak·khā·mi

     Tāhaṁ vakkhāmi.

     If I speak to my friends,

655. 655

     ताtā वुत्ताvut·tā ताtā वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho भगिनियो,bha·gi·ni·yo सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता।bha·ga·va·tā

     Tā vuttā tā vakkhanti “garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā.

     they will tell those nuns what the Buddha has said about schism in the Sangha being a serious matter,

656. 656

     माmā भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     Mā bhaginīnaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and they will ask them not to consent to it.

657. 657

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti तासंtā·saṃ वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti tāsaṁ vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     Those nuns will act on what my friends say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

658. 658

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

659. 659

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

660. 660

     ‘अमुकस्मिंa·mu·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाहिsam·ba·hu·lā·hi भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिन्नो’ति।bhin·no

     ‘amukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṅgho bhinno’ti.

     that a number of nuns in such-and-such a monastery have caused a schism in the Sangha.

661. 661

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

662. 662

     ‘ताtā खोkho मेme भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo mittā.

     ‘Those nuns are my friends.

663. 663

     ताहंtā·haṃ वक्खामिvak·khā·mi “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho भगिनियो,bha·gi·ni·yo सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता।bha·ga·va·tā

     Tāhaṁ vakkhāmi “garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā.

     I must tell them that the Buddha has said that schism in the Sangha is a serious matter,

664. 664

     माmā भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     Mā bhaginīnaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and I must ask them not to consent to it.

665. 665

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti मेme वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti me vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     They will act on what I say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

666. 666

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्स।vas·sac·che·das·sa

     Anāpatti vassacchedassa.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.

667. 667

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वस्सूपगतोvas·sū·pa·ga·to भिक्खुbhik·khu सुणाति—su·ṇā·ti

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, vassūpagato bhikkhu suṇāti—

     It may happen that a monk who has entered the rains residence hears

668. 668

     ‘अमुकस्मिंa·mu·kas·miṃ किरki·ra आवासेā·vā·se सम्बहुलाहिsam·ba·hu·lā·hi भिक्खुनीहिbhik·khu·nī·hi सङ्घोsaṅ·gho भिन्नो’ति।bhin·no

     ‘amukasmiṁ kira āvāse sambahulāhi bhikkhunīhi saṅgho bhinno’ti.

     that a number of nuns in such-and-such a monastery have caused a schism in the Sangha.

669. 669

     तत्रtat·ra चेce भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tatra ce bhikkhuno evaṁ hoti—

     If he thinks,

670. 670

     ‘ताtā खोkho मेme भिक्खुनियोbhik·khu·ni·yo नna मित्ता।mit·tā

     ‘tā kho me bhikkhuniyo na mittā.

     ‘Those nuns are not my friends,

671. 671

     अपिa·pi चca याyā तासंtā·saṃ मित्ताmit·tā ताtā मेme मित्ता।mit·tā

     Api ca yā tāsaṁ mittā tā me mittā.

     but we have friends in common.

672. 672

     ताहंtā·haṃ वक्खामि।vak·khā·mi

     Tāhaṁ vakkhāmi.

     If I speak to my friends,

673. 673

     ताtā वुत्ताvut·tā ताtā वक्खन्तिvak·khan·ti “गरुकोga·ru·ko खो,kho भगिनियो,bha·gi·ni·yo सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do वुत्तोvut·to भगवता;bha·ga·va·tā

     Tā vuttā tā vakkhanti “garuko kho, bhaginiyo, saṅghabhedo vutto bhagavatā;

     they will tell those nuns what the Buddha has said about schism in the Sangha being a serious matter,

674. 674

     माmā भगिनीनंbha·gi·nī·naṃ सङ्घभेदोsaṅ·gha·bhe·do रुच्चित्था”ति।ruc·cit·thā

     mā bhaginīnaṁ saṅghabhedo ruccitthā”ti.

     and they will ask them not to consent to it.

675. 675

     करिस्सन्तिka·ris·san·ti तासंtā·saṃ वचनं,va·ca·naṃ सुस्सूसिस्सन्ति,sus·sū·sis·san·ti सोतंso·taṃ ओदहिस्सन्ती’ति,o·da·his·san·tī पक्कमितब्बं।pak·ka·mi·tab·baṃ

     Karissanti tāsaṁ vacanaṁ, sussūsissanti, sotaṁ odahissantī’ti, pakkamitabbaṁ.

     Those nuns will act on what my friends say. They will listen and pay careful attention,’ then he should leave.

676. 676

     अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti वस्सच्छेदस्सा”ति।vas·sac·che·das·sā

     Anāpatti vassacchedassā”ti.

     There’s no offense for breaking the rains residence.”

677. 677

     9। वजादीसुवस्सूपगमनva·jā·dī·su·vas·sū·pa·ga·ma·na

     9. Vajādīsuvassūpagamana

     9. Entering the rains residence in a cowherd’s dwelling, etc.

678. 678

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu वजेva·je वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुकामोu·pa·gan·tu·kā·mo होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu vaje vassaṁ upagantukāmo hoti.

     On one occasion a certain monk wanted to enter the rains residence in a cowherd’s dwelling.

679. 679

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     They told the Buddha.

680. 680

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve वजेva·je वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुन्”ति।u·pa·gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vaje vassaṁ upagantun”ti.

     “I allow you to enter the rains residence in a cowherd’s dwelling.”

681. 681

     वजोva·jo वुट्ठासि।vuṭ·ṭhā·si

     Vajo vuṭṭhāsi.

     The cowherd’s dwelling was moved.

682. 682

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

683. 683

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve येनye·na वजोva·jo तेनte·na गन्तुन्”ति।gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yena vajo tena gantun”ti.

     “I allow you to go where the cowherd’s dwelling is.”

684. 684

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu उपकट्ठायu·pa·kaṭ·ṭhā·ya वस्सूपनायिकायvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā·ya सत्थेनsat·the·na गन्तुकामोgan·tu·kā·mo होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya satthena gantukāmo hoti.

     On one occasion, as the entry to the rains residence was getting close, a certain monk wanted to travel by caravan.

685. 685

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

686. 686

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve सत्थेsat·the वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुन्”ति।u·pa·gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, satthe vassaṁ upagantun”ti.

     “I allow you to enter the rains residence in a caravan.”

687. 687

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na अञ्ञतरोañ·ña·ta·ro भिक्खुbhik·khu उपकट्ठायu·pa·kaṭ·ṭhā·ya वस्सूपनायिकायvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kā·ya नावायnā·vā·ya गन्तुकामोgan·tu·kā·mo होति।ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya nāvāya gantukāmo hoti.

     On one occasion, as the entry to the rains residence was getting close, a certain monk wanted to travel by boat.

688. 688

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

689. 689

     “अनुजानामि,a·nu·jā·nā·mi भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve नावायnā·vā·ya वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तुन्”ति।u·pa·gan·tun

     “Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, nāvāya vassaṁ upagantun”ti.

     “I allow you to enter the rains residence on a boat.”

690. 690

     10। वस्संअनुपगन्तब्बट्ठानvas·saṃ·a·nu·pa·gan·tab·baṭ·ṭhā·na

     10. Vassaṁanupagantabbaṭṭhāna

     10. Places where the rains residence should not be entered

691. 691

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū रुक्खसुसिरेruk·kha·su·si·re वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhasusire vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence in the hollow of a tree.

692. 692

     मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     People complained and criticized them,

693. 693

     “सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi पिसाचिल्लिका”ति।pi·sā·cil·li·kā

     “seyyathāpi pisācillikā”ti.

     “They’re just like goblins.”

694. 694

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

695. 695

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve रुक्खसुसिरेruk·kha·su·si·re वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, rukkhasusire vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence in the hollow of a tree.

696. 696

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

697. 697

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū रुक्खविटभियाruk·kha·vi·ṭa·bhi·yā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence in the fork of a tree.

698. 698

     मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     People complained and criticized them,

699. 699

     “सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi मिगलुद्दका”ति।mi·ga·lud·da·kā

     “seyyathāpi migaluddakā”ti.

     “They’re just like deer hunters.”

700. 700

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

701. 701

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve रुक्खविटभियाruk·kha·vi·ṭa·bhi·yā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, rukkhaviṭabhiyā vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence in the fork of a tree.

702. 702

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

703. 703

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ajjhokāse vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence out in the open.

704. 704

     देवेde·ve वस्सन्तेvas·san·te रुक्खमूलम्पिruk·kha·mū·lam·pi निब्बकोसम्पिnib·ba·ko·sam·pi उपधावन्ति।u·pa·dhā·van·ti

     Deve vassante rukkhamūlampi nibbakosampi upadhāvanti.

     When it was raining, they ran for cover under trees and eaves.

705. 705

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

706. 706

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, ajjhokāse vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence out in the open.

707. 707

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

708. 708

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū असेनासनिकाa·se·nā·sa·ni·kā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū asenāsanikā vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence without a dwelling.

709. 709

     सीतेनपिsī·te·na·pi किलमन्ति,ki·la·man·ti उण्हेनपिuṇ·he·na·pi किलमन्ति।ki·la·man·ti

     Sītenapi kilamanti, uṇhenapi kilamanti.

     They suffered in the cold and the heat.

710. 710

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

711. 711

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve असेनासनिकेनa·se·nā·sa·ni·ke·na वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, asenāsanikena vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence without a dwelling.

712. 712

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

713. 713

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū छवकुटिकायcha·va·ku·ṭi·kā·ya वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chavakuṭikāya vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence in a charnel house.

714. 714

     मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     People complained and criticized them,

715. 715

     “सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi छवडाहका”ति।cha·va·ḍā·ha·kā

     “seyyathāpi chavaḍāhakā”ti.

     “They’re just like undertakers.”

716. 716

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

717. 717

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve छवकुटिकायcha·va·ku·ṭi·kā·ya वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, chavakuṭikāya vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence in a charnel house.

718. 718

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

719. 719

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū छत्तेchat·te वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū chatte vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence under a sunshade.

720. 720

     मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     People complained and criticized them,

721. 721

     “सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi गोपालका”ति।go·pā·la·kā

     “seyyathāpi gopālakā”ti.

     “They’re just like cowherds.”

722. 722

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

723. 723

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve छत्तेchat·te वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, chatte vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence under a sunshade.

724. 724

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

725. 725

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na भिक्खूbhik·khū चाटियाcā·ṭi·yā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगच्छन्ति।u·pa·gac·chan·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū cāṭiyā vassaṁ upagacchanti.

     At one time monks entered the rains residence in a large earthenware pot.

726. 726

     मनुस्साma·nus·sā उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     People complained and criticized them,

727. 727

     “सेय्यथापिsey·ya·thā·pi तित्थिया”ति।tit·thi·yā

     “seyyathāpi titthiyā”ti.

     “They’re just like the monastics of other religions.”

728. 728

     भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     (Pāli only)

729. 729

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve चाटियाcā·ṭi·yā वस्संvas·saṃ उपगन्तब्बं।u·pa·gan·tab·baṃ

     “Na, bhikkhave, cāṭiyā vassaṁ upagantabbaṁ.

     “You shouldn’t enter the rains residence in a large earthenware pot.

730. 730

     योyo उपगच्छेय्य,u·pa·gac·chey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo upagaccheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

731. 731

     11। अधम्मिककतिकाa·dham·mi·ka·ka·ti·kā

     11. Adhammikakatikā

     11. Illegitimate agreements

732. 732

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na सावत्थियाsā·vat·thi·yā सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā कतिकाka·ti·kā कताka·tā होति—ho·ti

     Tena kho pana samayena sāvatthiyā saṅghena evarūpā katikā katā hoti—

     At one time the Sangha at Sāvatthī had made an agreement

733. 733

     “अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ नna पब्बाजेतब्बन्”ति।pab·bā·je·tab·ban

     “antarāvassaṁ na pabbājetabban”ti.

     that they would not give the going forth during the rains residence.

734. 734

     विसाखायvi·sā·khā·ya मिगारमातुयाmi·gā·ra·mā·tu·yā नत्ताnat·tā भिक्खूbhik·khū उपसङ्कमित्वाu·pa·saṅ·ka·mit·vā पब्बज्जंpab·baj·jaṃ याचि।yā·ci

     Visākhāya migāramātuyā nattā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṁ yāci.

     Then, one of Visākhā’s grandsons went to the monks and asked for the going forth.

735. 735

     भिक्खूbhik·khū एवमाहंसु—e·va·mā·haṃ·su

     Bhikkhū evamāhaṁsu—

     The monks told him

736. 736

     “सङ्घेनsaṅ·ghe·na खो,kho आवुसो,ā·vu·so एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā कतिकाka·ti·kā कताka·tā ‘अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ नna पब्बाजेतब्बन्’ति।pab·bā·je·tab·ban

     “saṅghena kho, āvuso, evarūpā katikā katā ‘antarāvassaṁ na pabbājetabban’ti.

     about their agreement,

737. 737

     आगमेहि,ā·ga·me·hi आवुसो,ā·vu·so यावyā·va भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संvas·saṃ वसन्ति।va·san·ti

     Āgamehi, āvuso, yāva bhikkhū vassaṁ vasanti.

     adding, “Please wait while the monks observe the rains residence.

738. 738

     वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā पब्बाजेस्सन्ती”ति।pab·bā·jes·san·tī

     Vassaṁvuṭṭhā pabbājessantī”ti.

     Once we’ve completed the rains residence, we’ll give you the going forth.”

739. 739

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū वस्संवुट्ठाvas·saṃ·vuṭ·ṭhā विसाखायvi·sā·khā·ya मिगारमातुयाmi·gā·ra·mā·tu·yā नत्तारंnat·tā·raṃ एतदवोचुं—e·ta·da·vo·cuṃ

     Atha kho te bhikkhū vassaṁvuṭṭhā visākhāya migāramātuyā nattāraṁ etadavocuṁ—

     When they had completed the rains residence, the monks told Visākhā’s grandson

740. 740

     “एहिe·hi दानि,dā·ni आवुसो,ā·vu·so पब्बजाही”ति।pab·ba·jā·hī

     “ehi dāni, āvuso, pabbajāhī”ti.

     that they would give him the going forth.

741. 741

     सोso एवमाह—e·va·mā·ha

     So evamāha—

     He replied,

742. 742

     “सचाहं,sa·cā·haṃ भन्ते,bhan·te पब्बजितोpab·ba·ji·to अस्सं,as·saṃ अभिरमेय्यामहं।a·bhi·ra·mey·yā·ma·haṃ

     “sacāhaṁ, bhante, pabbajito assaṁ, abhirameyyāmahaṁ.

     “If I had been given the going forth, venerables, I would have enjoyed it.

743. 743

     नna दानाहं,dā·nā·haṃ भन्ते,bhan·te पब्बजिस्सामी”ति।pab·ba·jis·sā·mī

     Na dānāhaṁ, bhante, pabbajissāmī”ti.

     But now I won’t do it.”

744. 744

     विसाखाvi·sā·khā मिगारमाताmi·gā·ra·mā·tā उज्झायतिuj·jhā·ya·ti खिय्यतिkhiy·ya·ti विपाचेति—vi·pā·ce·ti

     Visākhā migāramātā ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—

     Visākhā complained and criticized those monks,

745. 745

     “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma अय्याay·yā एवरूपंe·va·rū·paṃ कतिकंka·ti·kaṃ करिस्सन्ति—ka·ris·san·ti

     “kathañhi nāma ayyā evarūpaṁ katikaṁ karissanti—

     “How could the venerables make an agreement

746. 746

     ‘नna अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ पब्बाजेतब्बन्’ति।pab·bā·je·tab·ban

     ‘na antarāvassaṁ pabbājetabban’ti.

     that they wouldn’t give the going forth during the rains residence?

747. 747

     कंkaṃ कालंkā·laṃ धम्मोdham·mo नna चरितब्बो”ति?ca·ri·tab·bo

     Kaṁ kālaṁ dhammo na caritabbo”ti?

     Is there a time when the Teaching shouldn’t be practiced?”

748. 748

     अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū विसाखायvi·sā·khā·ya मिगारमातुयाmi·gā·ra·mā·tu·yā उज्झायन्तियाuj·jhā·yan·ti·yā खिय्यन्तियाkhiy·yan·ti·yā विपाचेन्तिया।vi·pā·cen·ti·yā

     Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū visākhāya migāramātuyā ujjhāyantiyā khiyyantiyā vipācentiyā.

     The monks heard Visākhā’s complaints

749. 749

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुं।ā·ro·ce·suṃ

     Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ.

     and told the Buddha.

750. 750

     “न,na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve एवरूपाe·va·rū·pā कतिकाka·ti·kā कातब्बा—kā·tab·bā

     “Na, bhikkhave, evarūpā katikā kātabbā—

     “You shouldn’t make an agreement

751. 751

     ‘नna अन्तरावस्संan·ta·rā·vas·saṃ पब्बाजेतब्बन्’ति।pab·bā·je·tab·ban

     ‘na antarāvassaṁ pabbājetabban’ti.

     that you won’t give the going forth during the rains residence.

752. 752

     योyo करेय्य,ka·rey·ya आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सा”ति।duk·ka·ṭas·sā

     Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā”ti.

     If you do, you commit an offense of wrong conduct.”

753. 753

     12। पटिस्सवदुक्कटापत्तिpa·ṭis·sa·va·duk·ka·ṭā·pat·ti

     12. Paṭissavadukkaṭāpatti

     12. An offense of wrong conduct for agreeing

754. 754

     तेनte·na खोkho पनpa·na समयेनsa·ma·ye·na आयस्मताā·yas·ma·tā उपनन्देनu·pa·nan·de·na सक्यपुत्तेनsak·ya·put·te·na रञ्ञोrañ·ño पसेनदिस्सpa·se·na·dis·sa कोसलस्सko·sa·las·sa वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā upanandena sakyaputtena rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     On one occasion Venerable Upananda the Sakyan had agreed to spend the first rains residence at the invitation of King Pasenadi of Kosala.

755. 755

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to अद्दसad·da·sa अन्तरामग्गेan·ta·rā·mag·ge द्वेdve आवासेā·vā·se बहुचीवरके।ba·hu·cī·va·ra·ke

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto addasa antarāmagge dve āvāse bahucīvarake.

     As he was going to the monastery provided by the king, he saw two monasteries with much robe-cloth.

756. 756

     तस्सtas·sa एतदहोसि—e·ta·da·ho·si

     Tassa etadahosi—

     He thought,

757. 757

     “यन्नूनाहंyan·nū·nā·haṃ इमेसुi·me·su द्वीसुdvī·su आवासेसुā·vā·se·su वस्संvas·saṃ वसेय्यं।va·sey·yaṃ

     “yannūnāhaṁ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṁ vaseyyaṁ.

     “Why don’t I spend the rains residence in these two monasteries?

758. 758

     एवंe·vaṃ मेme बहुंba·huṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जिस्सती”ति।up·paj·jis·sa·tī

     Evaṁ me bahuṁ cīvaraṁ uppajjissatī”ti.

     That way I’ll get much robe-cloth.”

759. 759

     सोso तेसुte·su द्वीसुdvī·su आवासेसुā·vā·se·su वस्संvas·saṃ वसि।va·si

     So tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṁ vasi.

     And he spent the rains residence in those two monasteries.

760. 760

     राजाrā·jā पसेनदिpa·se·na·di कोसलोko·sa·lo उज्झायतिuj·jhā·ya·ti खिय्यतिkhiy·ya·ti विपाचेति—vi·pā·ce·ti

     Rājā pasenadi kosalo ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti—

     King Pasenadi complained and criticized him,

761. 761

     “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma अय्योay·yo उपनन्दोu·pa·nan·do सक्यपुत्तोsak·ya·put·to अम्हाकंam·hā·kaṃ वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā विसंवादेस्सति।vi·saṃ·vā·des·sa·ti

     “kathañhi nāma ayyo upanando sakyaputto amhākaṁ vassāvāsaṁ paṭissuṇitvā visaṁvādessati.

     “How could Upananda agree to spend the rains residence in my monastery, but then break his word?

762. 762

     ननुna·nu भगवताbha·ga·va·tā अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मुसावादोmu·sā·vā·do गरहितो,ga·ra·hi·to मुसावादाmu·sā·vā·dā वेरमणीve·ra·ma·ṇī पसत्था”ति।pa·sat·thā

     Nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā”ti.

     Hasn’t the Buddha in many ways criticized lying and praised truthfulness?”

763. 763

     अस्सोसुंas·so·suṃ खोkho भिक्खूbhik·khū रञ्ञोrañ·ño पसेनदिस्सpa·se·na·dis·sa कोसलस्सko·sa·las·sa उज्झायन्तस्सuj·jhā·yan·tas·sa खिय्यन्तस्सkhiy·yan·tas·sa विपाचेन्तस्स।vi·pā·cen·tas·sa

     Assosuṁ kho bhikkhū rañño pasenadissa kosalassa ujjhāyantassa khiyyantassa vipācentassa.

     The monks heard the king’s complaints,

764. 764

     येye तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū अप्पिच्छाap·pic·chā …पे…pe तेte उज्झायन्तिuj·jhā·yan·ti खिय्यन्तिkhiy·yan·ti विपाचेन्ति—vi·pā·cen·ti

     Ye te bhikkhū appicchā …pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti—

     and the monks of few desires complained and criticized Upananda,

765. 765

     “कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma आयस्माā·yas·mā उपनन्दोu·pa·nan·do सक्यपुत्तोsak·ya·put·to रञ्ञोrañ·ño पसेनदिस्सpa·se·na·dis·sa कोसलस्सko·sa·las·sa वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā विसंवादेस्सति।vi·saṃ·vā·des·sa·ti

     “kathañhi nāma āyasmā upanando sakyaputto rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṁ paṭissuṇitvā visaṁvādessati.

     “How could Upananda act like this?”

766. 766

     ननुna·nu भगवताbha·ga·va·tā अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मुसावादोmu·sā·vā·do गरहितो,ga·ra·hi·to मुसावादाmu·sā·vā·dā वेरमणीve·ra·ma·ṇī पसत्था”ति।pa·sat·thā

     Nanu bhagavatā anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā”ti.

     (Pāli only)

767. 767

     अथa·tha खोkho तेte भिक्खूbhik·khū भगवतोbha·ga·va·to एतमत्थंe·ta·mat·thaṃ आरोचेसुंā·ro·ce·suṃ …पे…pe

     Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṁ ārocesuṁ …pe…

     And they told the Buddha.

768. 768

     अथa·tha खोkho भगवाbha·ga·vā एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ निदानेni·dā·ne एतस्मिंe·tas·miṃ पकरणेpa·ka·ra·ṇe भिक्खुसङ्घंbhik·khu·saṅ·ghaṃ सन्निपातापेत्वाsan·ni·pā·tā·pet·vā आयस्मन्तंā·yas·man·taṃ उपनन्दंu·pa·nan·daṃ सक्यपुत्तंsak·ya·put·taṃ पटिपुच्छि—pa·ṭi·puc·chi

     atha kho bhagavā etasmiṁ nidāne etasmiṁ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṁ sannipātāpetvā āyasmantaṁ upanandaṁ sakyaputtaṁ paṭipucchi—

     Soon afterwards the Buddha had the Sangha gathered and questioned Upananda:

769. 769

     “सच्चंsac·caṃ किरki·ra त्वं,tvaṃ उपनन्द,u·pa·nan·da रञ्ञोrañ·ño पसेनदिस्सpa·se·na·dis·sa कोसलस्सko·sa·las·sa वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā विसंवादेसी”ति?vi·saṃ·vā·de·sī

     “saccaṁ kira tvaṁ, upananda, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṁ paṭissuṇitvā visaṁvādesī”ti?

     “Is it true that you acted like this?”

770. 770

     “सच्चं,sac·caṃ भगवा”ति।bha·ga·vā

     “Saccaṁ, bhagavā”ti.

     “It’s true, sir.”

771. 771

     विगरहिvi·ga·ra·hi बुद्धोbud·dho भगवाbha·ga·vā …पे…pe

     Vigarahi buddho bhagavā …pe…

     The Buddha rebuked him …

772. 772

     कथञ्हिka·thañ·hi नामnā·ma त्वं,tvaṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa रञ्ञोrañ·ño पसेनदिस्सpa·se·na·dis·sa कोसलस्सko·sa·las·sa वस्सावासंvas·sā·vā·saṃ पटिस्सुणित्वाpa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā विसंवादेस्ससि।vi·saṃ·vā·des·sa·si

     kathañhi nāma tvaṁ, moghapurisa, rañño pasenadissa kosalassa vassāvāsaṁ paṭissuṇitvā visaṁvādessasi.

     “Foolish man, how could you agree to spend the rains residence at the invitation of King Pasenadi, but then break your word?

773. 773

     ननुna·nu मया,ma·yā मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa अनेकपरियायेनa·ne·ka·pa·ri·yā·ye·na मुसावादोmu·sā·vā·do गरहितो,ga·ra·hi·to मुसावादाmu·sā·vā·dā वेरमणीve·ra·ma·ṇī पसत्था।pa·sat·thā

     Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena musāvādo garahito, musāvādā veramaṇī pasatthā.

     Haven’t I criticized lying in many ways and praised truthfulness?

774. 774

     नेतं,ne·taṃ मोघपुरिस,mo·gha·pu·ri·sa अप्पसन्नानंap·pa·san·nā·naṃ वाvā पसादायpa·sā·dā·ya …पे…pe

     Netaṁ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṁ vā pasādāya …pe…

     This will affect people’s confidence …”

775. 775

     विगरहित्वाvi·ga·ra·hit·vā …पे…pe

     vigarahitvā …pe…

     After rebuking him …

776. 776

     धम्मिंdham·miṃ कथंka·thaṃ कत्वाkat·vā भिक्खूbhik·khū आमन्तेसि—ā·man·te·si

     dhammiṁ kathaṁ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi—

     he gave a teaching and addressed the monks:

777. 777

     “इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     “Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     “It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

778. 778

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to पस्सतिpas·sa·ti अन्तरामग्गेan·ta·rā·mag·ge द्वेdve आवासेā·vā·se बहुचीवरके।ba·hu·cī·va·ra·ke

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto passati antarāmagge dve āvāse bahucīvarake.

     While on his way to that monastery, he sees two monasteries with much robe-cloth.

779. 779

     तस्सtas·sa एवंe·vaṃ होति—ho·ti

     Tassa evaṁ hoti—

     He thinks,

780. 780

     ‘यन्नूनाहंyan·nū·nā·haṃ इमेसुi·me·su द्वीसुdvī·su आवासेसुā·vā·se·su वस्संvas·saṃ वसेय्यं।va·sey·yaṃ

     ‘yannūnāhaṁ imesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṁ vaseyyaṁ.

     ‘Why don’t I spend the rains residence in these two monasteries?

781. 781

     एवंe·vaṃ मेme बहुंba·huṃ चीवरंcī·va·raṃ उप्पज्जिस्सती’ति।up·paj·jis·sa·tī

     Evaṁ me bahuṁ cīvaraṁ uppajjissatī’ti.

     That way I’ll get much robe-cloth.’

782. 782

     सोso तेसुte·su द्वीसुdvī·su आवासेसुā·vā·se·su वस्संvas·saṃ वसति।va·sa·ti

     So tesu dvīsu āvāsesu vassaṁ vasati.

     And he does spend the rains residence in those two monasteries.

783. 783

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.”

784. 784

     The first rains residence: observance day outside monastery

785. 785

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     “It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

786. 786

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

787. 787

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day, despite not having any business.

788. 788

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

789. 789

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

790. 790

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

791. 791

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day because of business.

792. 792

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

793. 793

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

794. 794

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

795. 795

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves, despite not having any business.

796. 796

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

797. 797

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

798. 798

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

799. 799

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves because of business.

800. 800

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

801. 801

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

802. 802

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

803. 803

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

804. 804

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā वीतिनामेति।vī·ti·nā·me·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ bahiddhā vītināmeti.

     But he stays away for more than seven days.

805. 805

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

806. 806

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

807. 807

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

808. 808

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

809. 809

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अन्तोan·to सन्निवत्तंsan·ni·vat·taṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ anto sannivattaṁ karoti.

     And he returns within seven days.

810. 810

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     The first rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.

811. 811

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

812. 812

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

813. 813

     सोso सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अनागतायa·nā·ga·tā·ya पवारणायpa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So sattāhaṁ anāgatāya pavāraṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     Seven days before the invitation ceremony, he leaves because of business.

814. 814

     आगच्छेय्यā·gac·chey·ya वाvā सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ नna वाvā आगच्छेय्य,ā·gac·chey·ya तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṁ āvāsaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     Whether he returns to that monastery or not, the first rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.”

815. 815

     The first rains residence: observance day within monastery

816. 816

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     “It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

817. 817

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gantvā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     When he’s arrived at that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

818. 818

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day, despite not having any business.

819. 819

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

820. 820

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पुरिमिकाय।pu·ri·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti purimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the first rains residence in a particular monastery.

821. 821

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gantvā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     When he’s arrived at that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

822. 822

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     He then leaves on that very day because of business. …

823. 823

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves, despite not having any business. …

824. 824

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves because of business. …

825. 825

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

826. 826

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā वीतिनामेति।vī·ti·nā·me·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ bahiddhā vītināmeti.

     But he stays away for more than seven days.

827. 827

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सduk·ka·ṭas·sa …पे…pe

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa …pe…

     The first rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

828. 828

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     … After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

829. 829

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अन्तोan·to सन्निवत्तंsan·ni·vat·taṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ anto sannivattaṁ karoti.

     And he returns within seven days.

830. 830

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्तिa·nā·pat·ti …पे…pe

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti …pe…

     The first rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.

831. 831

     सोso सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अनागतायa·nā·ga·tā·ya पवारणायpa·vā·ra·ṇā·ya सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     so sattāhaṁ anāgatāya pavāraṇāya sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     … Seven days before the invitation ceremony, he leaves on seven-day business.

832. 832

     आगच्छेय्यā·gac·chey·ya वाvā सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ नna वाvā आगच्छेय्य,ā·gac·chey·ya तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṁ āvāsaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno purimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     Whether he returns to that monastery or not, the first rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.”

833. 833

     The second rains residence: observance-day outside monastery

834. 834

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     “It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

835. 835

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

836. 836

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day, despite not having any business.

837. 837

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

838. 838

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

839. 839

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

840. 840

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day because of business.

841. 841

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

842. 842

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

843. 843

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

844. 844

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves, despite not having any business.

845. 845

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

846. 846

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

847. 847

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

848. 848

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves because of business.

849. 849

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

850. 850

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

851. 851

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

852. 852

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

853. 853

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā वीतिनामेति।vī·ti·nā·me·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ bahiddhā vītināmeti.

     But he stays away for more than seven days.

854. 854

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

855. 855

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

856. 856

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

857. 857

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

858. 858

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अन्तोan·to सन्निवत्तंsan·ni·vat·taṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ anto sannivattaṁ karoti.

     And he returns within seven days.

859. 859

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     The second rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.

860. 860

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

861. 861

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गच्छन्तोgac·chan·to बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gacchanto bahiddhā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     While on his way to that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony outside. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

862. 862

     सोso सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अनागतायa·nā·ga·tā·ya कोमुदियाko·mu·di·yā चातुमासिनियाcā·tu·mā·si·ni·yā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So sattāhaṁ anāgatāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     Seven days before Komudī, the fourth full-moon day of the rainy season, he leaves because of business.

863. 863

     आगच्छेय्यā·gac·chey·ya वाvā सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ नna वाvā आगच्छेय्य,ā·gac·chey·ya तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṁ āvāsaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     Whether he returns to that monastery or not, the second rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.”

864. 864

     The second rains residence: observance day within monastery

865. 865

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     “It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

866. 866

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gantvā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     When he’s arrived at that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

867. 867

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So tadaheva akaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     He then leaves on that very day, despite not having any business.

868. 868

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्स।duk·ka·ṭas·sa

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa.

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

869. 869

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

870. 870

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gantvā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     When he’s arrived at that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

871. 871

     सोso तदहेवta·da·he·va सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     So tadaheva sakaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     He then leaves on that very day because of business. …

872. 872

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā अकरणीयोa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā akaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves, despite not having any business. …

873. 873

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमतिpak·ka·ma·ti …पे…pe

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati …pe…

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves because of business. …

874. 874

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

875. 875

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā वीतिनामेति।vī·ti·nā·me·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ bahiddhā vītināmeti.

     But he stays away for more than seven days.

876. 876

     तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca नna पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca आपत्तिā·pat·ti दुक्कटस्सduk·ka·ṭas·sa …पे…pe

     Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca na paññāyati, paṭissave ca āpatti dukkaṭassa …pe…

     The second rains residence doesn’t count for that monk. And there’s an offense of wrong conduct for agreeing.

877. 877

     सोso द्वीहतीहंdvī·ha·tī·haṃ वसित्वाva·sit·vā सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     so dvīhatīhaṁ vasitvā sattāhakaraṇīyena pakkamati.

     … After staying there for two or three days, he leaves on seven-day business.

878. 878

     सोso तंtaṃ सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अन्तोan·to सन्निवत्तंsan·ni·vat·taṃ करोति।ka·ro·ti

     So taṁ sattāhaṁ anto sannivattaṁ karoti.

     And he returns within seven days.

879. 879

     तस्सtas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ति।a·nā·pat·ti

     Tassa bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpatti.

     The second rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.

880. 880

     इधi·dha पन,pa·na भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनाbhik·khu·nā वस्सावासोvas·sā·vā·so पटिस्सुतोpa·ṭis·su·to होतिho·ti पच्छिमिकाय।pac·chi·mi·kā·ya

     Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā vassāvāso paṭissuto hoti pacchimikāya.

     It may happen that a monk agrees to spend the second rains residence in a particular monastery.

881. 881

     सोso तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ गन्त्वाgan·tvā उपोसथंu·po·sa·thaṃ करोति,ka·ro·ti पाटिपदेpā·ṭi·pa·de विहारंvi·hā·raṃ उपेति,u·pe·ti सेनासनंse·nā·sa·naṃ पञ्ञपेति,pañ·ña·pe·ti पानीयंpā·nī·yaṃ परिभोजनीयंpa·ri·bho·ja·nī·yaṃ उपट्ठापेति,u·paṭ·ṭhā·pe·ti परिवेणंpa·ri·ve·ṇaṃ सम्मज्जति।sam·maj·ja·ti

     So taṁ āvāsaṁ gantvā uposathaṁ karoti, pāṭipade vihāraṁ upeti, senāsanaṁ paññapeti, pānīyaṁ paribhojanīyaṁ upaṭṭhāpeti, pariveṇaṁ sammajjati.

     When he’s arrived at that monastery, he does the observance-day ceremony. On the following day, he enters and prepares the dwelling, sets out water for drinking and water for washing, and sweeps the yard.

882. 882

     सोso सत्ताहंsat·tā·haṃ अनागतायa·nā·ga·tā·ya कोमुदियाko·mu·di·yā चातुमासिनियाcā·tu·mā·si·ni·yā सकरणीयोsa·ka·ra·ṇī·yo पक्कमति।pak·ka·ma·ti

     So sattāhaṁ anāgatāya komudiyā cātumāsiniyā sakaraṇīyo pakkamati.

     Seven days before Komudī, the fourth full-moon day of the rainy season, he leaves because of business.

883. 883

     आगच्छेय्यā·gac·chey·ya वाvā सो,so भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुbhik·khu तंtaṃ आवासंā·vā·saṃ नna वाvā आगच्छेय्य,ā·gac·chey·ya तस्स,tas·sa भिक्खवे,bhik·kha·ve भिक्खुनोbhik·khu·no पच्छिमिकाpac·chi·mi·kā चca पञ्ञायति,pañ·ñā·ya·ti पटिस्सवेpa·ṭis·sa·ve चca अनापत्ती”ति।a·nā·pat·tī

     Āgaccheyya vā so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṁ āvāsaṁ na vā āgaccheyya, tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pacchimikā ca paññāyati, paṭissave ca anāpattī”ti.

     Whether he returns to that monastery or not, the second rains residence does count for that monk. And there’s no offense for agreeing.”

884. 884

     वस्सूपनायिकक्खन्धकोvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kak·khan·dha·ko ततियो।ta·ti·yo

     Vassūpanāyikakkhandhako tatiyo.

     The third chapter on entering the rainy-season residence is finished.

885. 885

     तस्सुद्दानंtas·sud·dā·naṃ

     Tassuddānaṁ

     This is the summary:

886. 886

     उपगन्तुंu·pa·gan·tuṃ कदाka·dā चेव,ce·va

     Upagantuṁ kadā ceva,

     “To enter and when,

887. 887

     कतिka·ti अन्तरावस्सan·ta·rā·vas·sa च;ca

     kati antarāvassa ca;

     How many, and during the rains;

888. 888

     नna इच्छन्तिic·chan·ti चca सञ्चिच्च,sañ·cic·ca

     Na icchanti ca sañcicca,

     And they did not want, deliberately,

889. 889

     उक्कड्ढितुंuk·kaḍ·ḍhi·tuṃ उपासको।u·pā·sa·ko

     ukkaḍḍhituṁ upāsako.

     To postpone, lay follower.

890. 890

     गिलानोgi·lā·no माताmā·tā चca पिता,pi·tā

     Gilāno mātā ca pitā,

     Sick, and mother, father,

891. 891

     भाताbhā·tā चca अथa·tha ञातको;ñā·ta·ko

     bhātā ca atha ñātako;

     And brother, then a relative;

892. 892

     भिक्खुगतिकोbhik·khu·ga·ti·ko विहारो,vi·hā·ro

     Bhikkhugatiko vihāro,

     One staying with the monks, dwelling,

893. 893

     वाळाvā·ḷā चापिcā·pi सरीसपा।sa·rī·sa·pā

     vāḷā cāpi sarīsapā.

     And also predatory, creeping animals.

894. 894

     चोरोco·ro चेवce·va पिसाचाpi·sā·cā च,ca

     Coro ceva pisācā ca,

     And criminals, and demons,

895. 895

     दड्ढाdaḍ·ḍhā तदुभयेनta·du·bha·ye·na च;ca

     daḍḍhā tadubhayena ca;

     And then burned down twice;

896. 896

     वूळ्होदकेनvū·ḷho·da·ke·na वुट्ठासि,vuṭ·ṭhā·si

     Vūḷhodakena vuṭṭhāsi,

     Swept away by flooding, it relocated,

897. 897

     बहुतराba·hu·ta·rā चca दायका।dā·ya·kā

     bahutarā ca dāyakā.

     And majority, donors.

898. 898

     लूखप्पणीतसप्पाय,lū·khap·pa·ṇī·ta·sap·pā·ya

     Lūkhappaṇītasappāya,

     Coarse or fine, suitable,

899. 899

     भेसज्जुपट्ठकेनbhe·saj·ju·paṭ·ṭha·ke·na च;ca

     bhesajjupaṭṭhakena ca;

     And medicine, with attendant;

900. 900

     इत्थीit·thī वेसीve·sī कुमारीku·mā·rī च,ca

     Itthī vesī kumārī ca,

     Woman, sex worker, and single woman,

901. 901

     पण्डकोpaṇ·ḍa·ko ञातकेनñā·ta·ke·na च।ca

     paṇḍako ñātakena ca.

     A <i lang='pi' translate='no'>paṇḍaka</i>, and by a relative.

902. 902

     राजाrā·jā चोराco·rā धुत्ताdhut·tā निधि,ni·dhi

     Rājā corā dhuttā nidhi,

     King, criminals, scoundrels, treasure,

903. 903

     भेदअट्ठविधेनbhe·da·aṭ·ṭha·vi·dhe·na च;ca

     bhedaaṭṭhavidhena ca;

     And with eightfold on schism;

904. 904

     वजसत्थाva·ja·sat·thā चca नावाnā·vā च,ca

     Vajasatthā ca nāvā ca,

     A cowherd’s dwelling, and a caravan, and a boat,

905. 905

     सुसिरेsu·si·re विटभियाvi·ṭa·bhi·yā च।ca

     susire viṭabhiyā ca.

     In a hollow, and in a fork.

906. 906

     अज्झोकासेaj·jho·kā·se वस्सावासो,vas·sā·vā·so

     Ajjhokāse vassāvāso,

     Rains residence out in the open,

907. 907

     असेनासनिकेनa·se·nā·sa·ni·ke·na च;ca

     asenāsanikena ca;

     And without a dwelling;

908. 908

     छवकुटिकाcha·va·ku·ṭi·kā छत्तेchat·te च,ca

     Chavakuṭikā chatte ca,

     Charnel house, and under a sunshade,

909. 909

     चाटियाcā·ṭi·yā चca उपेन्तिu·pen·ti ते।te

     cāṭiyā ca upenti te.

     And they entered in a large earthenware pot.

910. 910

     कतिकाka·ti·kā पटिस्सुणित्वा,pa·ṭis·su·ṇit·vā

     Katikā paṭissuṇitvā,

     Agreement, having agreed,

911. 911

     बहिद्धाba·hid·dhā चca उपोसथा;u·po·sa·thā

     bahiddhā ca uposathā;

     And observance days outside;

912. 912

     पुरिमिकाpu·ri·mi·kā पच्छिमिका,pac·chi·mi·kā

     Purimikā pacchimikā,

     First, second,

913. 913

     यथाञायेनya·thā·ñā·ye·na योजये।yo·ja·ye

     yathāñāyena yojaye.

     Should be understood according to the same method.

914. 914

     अकरणीa·ka·ra·ṇī पक्कमति,pak·ka·ma·ti

     Akaraṇī pakkamati,

     He departs without business,

915. 915

     सकरणीsa·ka·ra·ṇī तथेवta·the·va च;ca

     sakaraṇī tatheva ca;

     And the same with business;

916. 916

     द्वीहतीहाdvī·ha·tī·hā चca पुनpu·na च,ca

     Dvīhatīhā ca puna ca,

     And two or three days, and again,

917. 917

     सत्ताहकरणीयेनsat·tā·ha·ka·ra·ṇī·ye·na च।ca

     sattāhakaraṇīyena ca.

     And on seven-day business.

918. 918

     सत्ताहनागताsat·tā·ha·nā·ga·tā चेव,ce·va

     Sattāhanāgatā ceva,

     And returned within seven days,

919. 919

     आगच्छेय्यā·gac·chey·ya नna एय्यey·ya वा;vā

     āgaccheyya na eyya vā;

     Whether he returns or not;

920. 920

     वत्थुद्दानेvat·thud·dā·ne अन्तरिका,an·ta·ri·kā

     Vatthuddāne antarikā,

     Because of the gaps in the summary of topics,

921. 921

     तन्तिमग्गंtan·ti·mag·gaṃ निसामयेति।ni·sā·ma·ye·ti

     tantimaggaṁ nisāmayeti.

     One should attend carefully to the way of the passages of the Canonical text.”

922. 922

     इमम्हिi·mam·hi खन्धकेkhan·dha·ke वत्थूनिvat·thū·ni द्वेपण्णास।dve·paṇ·ṇā·sa

     Imamhi khandhake vatthūni dvepaṇṇāsa.

     In this chapter there are fifty-two topics.

923. 923

     वस्सूपनायिकक्खन्धकोvas·sū·pa·nā·yi·kak·khan·dha·ko निट्ठितो।niṭ·ṭhi·to

     Vassūpanāyikakkhandhako niṭṭhito.

     The chapter on entering the rainy-season residence is finished.

Sources. Sanskrit: Satyavedaḥ, the New Testament in Sanskrit (Calcutta Baptist Missionaries, 1851; J. Wenger’s revision of W. Carey’s version). Digital text © 2018 SanskritBible.in, via eBible.org, licensed CC BY-SA 4.0; changed here: arranged by verse and every word linked to the dictionary (links made automatically). Old Testament Sanskrit: the Old Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta Baptist Mission Press, 1848–1852 (public domain), read by OCR from the Internet Archive scans of the Boston University School of Theology copy; unproofread, with machine clean-up only. Pāli Canon: Mahāsaṅgīti Tipiṭaka Buddhavasse 2500 (based on the Vipassana Research Institute’s Chaṭṭha Saṅgāyana edition), from SuttaCentral bilara-data, CC0; Devanagari and pronunciation made automatically from the Roman text. Pāli English: Bhikkhu Sujato (suttas) and Bhikkhu Brahmali (Vinaya), SuttaCentral, CC0. Pāli word meanings: the Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary (Rhys Davids & Stede), corrected reprint © The Pali Text Society, CC BY-NC 3.0, digital text from BuddhaDust; word matching automatic. English: King James Version (1769), public domain; words the translators added are in italics. Word meanings and pronunciations: Monier-Williams, Sanskrit–English Dictionary (1872), via this site’s Sanskrit dictionary (CC BY-SA 4.0); English↔Sanskrit word matches made automatically and may need checking.